-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, L8W3qX2F9Er6REOCAl9v6Hns+0jCnOknzkMfN8KSAVoKvXdF4VtNBk7Tgj/rsghZ QWJ3ZhKoijx4lEAlE4RNBg== 0000891618-03-001536.txt : 20030331 0000891618-03-001536.hdr.sgml : 20030331 20030328205110 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000891618-03-001536 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20021231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030331 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: NUVELO INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000907654 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: IN VITRO & IN VIVO DIAGNOSTIC SUBSTANCES [2835] IRS NUMBER: 363855489 STATE OF INCORPORATION: NV FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-22873 FILM NUMBER: 03626958 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 670 ALMANOR AVE CITY: SUNNYVALE STATE: CA ZIP: 94085 BUSINESS PHONE: 4085248100 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 670 ALMANOR AVE CITY: SUNNYVALE STATE: CA ZIP: 94085 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: HYSEQ INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19970610 10-K 1 f88137e10vk.htm FORM 10-K Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02
Table of Contents



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 10-K

     
(Mark One)
   
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
 
or
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 0-22873


NUVELO, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
Nevada
  36-3855489
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
675 Almanor Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA   94085
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

408-215-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, $.001


      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ          No o

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).     Yes o          No þ

      The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 28, 2002 was $45,335,979 based on the last sale price of the common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market.

      As of March 14, 2003, the Registrant had 62,980,577 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

      Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 14A in connection with the 2003 meeting of stockholders, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.




PART I
Item 1. Business
RISK FACTORS
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT 10.43
EXHIBIT 10.44
EXHIBIT 10.45
EXHIBIT 10.46
EXHIBIT 21.1
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 99.1
EXHIBIT 99.2


Table of Contents

PART I

 
Item 1. Business

      We have included or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words including “anticipate”, “believe”, “intends”, “estimates”, “expect”, “should”, “may”, “potential”, and similar expressions. Such statements are based on our management’s current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and performance could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors discussed in this Annual Report, including those set forth in this section under the caption “Risk Factors,” as well as those under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Company Overview

      Our Company is strategically focused on the discovery and development of novel biotherapeutics. This strategy resulted from a careful review of all assets and programs at both Hyseq and Variagenics following the close of our merger between the two companies on January 31, 2003.

      As part of this plan, we will dedicate our resources to advancing our most promising biopharmaceutical discovery and development programs, including alfimeprase, our novel acting thrombolytic poised to enter Phase II trials in the first half of this year.

      We will leverage our proprietary gene collection and opportunistic in-licensing and partnering strategy to build upon our pipeline of attractive therapeutic candidates. We also intend to out-license or partner our immunotherapeutics portfolio and monetize non-core assets including our microarray business, pharmacogenomic technology and molecular diagnostic programs, to further support our biopharmaceutical development programs. Our focus is on building a successful biopharmaceutical business. This strategic initiative reflects our commitment to creating a valuable product-focused company that leverages our drug discovery and development expertise. To execute on this strategy, we will align the company’s assets and resources and efficiently manage our finances to provide our key development programs with the greatest chance of success.

      Alfimeprase, our lead development program, successfully completed its Phase I trial in the first quarter, 2003. This trial was a multi-center, open label, dose-escalation study to evaluate the safety and pharmacokinetics of alfimeprase, and was completed in twenty patients across seven centers in the United States. The results show that alfimephase was safe and well-tolerated. There were no drug related adverse events. In addition we recently filed an investigational new drug (IND) application for a second indication in catheter occlusion. We plan to initiate two Phase II programs with alfimeprase in the first half of this year in both PAO and catheter occlusion and anticipate completion of at least one of these Phase II “proof-of-concept” studies by the end of 2003.

      We will take steps to ensure that cash resulting from our merger will fund our operations through 2004. As of the merger date, January 31, 2003, we had approximately $53.2 million cash available for future operations.

      We have two reportable business segments: Nuvelo, which develops and plans to market therapeutic drugs for the treatment of human diseases, and Callida, which develops and plans to commercialize our sequencing-by-hybridization (SBH) technology. Financial information regarding our business segments and geographic regions is contained in note 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

      We were incorporated as “Hyseq, Inc.” in Illinois in 1992 and reincorporated in Nevada in 1993. On January 31, 2003, we completed a merger with Variagenics, Inc., a publicly traded Delaware corporation based in Massachusetts. As a result of the merger, we issued 1.6451 shares of our common stock in exchange for each Variagenics share, for a total of approximately 39.7 million shares of our common stock, at an approximate purchase price of $48.9 million net of estimated transaction costs of $4.3 million. We changed our name to “Nuvelo, Inc.” in the merger.

2


Table of Contents

      You may obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports on the day of filing with the SEC on our website on the World Wide Web at http://www.nuvelo.com, by contacting the Investor Relations Department at our corporate offices by calling (408) 215-4000 or by sending an e-mail message to ir@nuvelo.com.

Scientific and Industry Background

      Genes are the hereditary units that control the structure, health and function of all organisms. The study of genes and their functions has led to the development of products and services for diverse markets, ranging from health care to agriculture. The large market potential for gene-based products led to a worldwide effort to sequence the human genome in search of new proteins and drug targets for the treatment of disease and unmet medical needs.

      The complete set of genetic information of each organism, known as its genome, is encoded in its deoxyribonucleic acid (or DNA). DNA, which is found in the nucleus of cells, is a molecule comprising two complementary strands entwined in the form of a double helix. Various combinations of four chemical building blocks or “bases” of DNA, adenine (A), thymine (T), cytosine (C) and guanine (G), are linked together in series to form each DNA strand. The bases of one DNA strand bind to the bases of the other strand in a specific fashion to form base pairs: A pairs with T and G pairs with C. In humans, there are approximately three billion base pairs organized into 23 pairs of DNA structures called chromosomes.

      With the development of automated, high throughput DNA sequencing techniques in the early 1990s, researchers accelerated the discovery of novel genes and the proteins they express. Companies in the private sector, as well as publicly-funded research efforts, initiated large-scale activities to create databases of DNA sequence information that could be used to search for important new proteins or drug targets. Early commercial efforts focused on identification of expressed sequence tags, or ESTs, which are short DNA sequences that represent a portion of an expressed gene. At the same time, the U.S. government-funded the Human Genome Project, in competition with other national governments and privately funded efforts, began sequencing the entire human genome, a process that resulted in the complete description of the human genetic complement in early 2001. The science of bioinformatics has arisen out of the need to analyze and derive value from this vast quantity of DNA sequence data. Bioinformatics involves the use of high-powered computers, software and analytical tools to interpret compare and analyze DNA sequence data and can be used to assist in identifying those genes and proteins that are likely to play a meaningful role in human health. In addition, researchers can use bioinformatics to infer important information about a newly discovered gene from its DNA sequence. By contrasting newly discovered genes with well characterized sequences, researchers can perform comparative analyses to obtain insight into their potential functions. Although bioinformatics represents a fundamental advance in the analysis of DNA sequence data, significant challenges remain in discovering the mechanisms by which genes and proteins affect human biology and disease.

      The current wide availability of human gene sequence information has enabled an alternative approach to therapeutic protein discovery. Rather than study the biology of an organism or disease directly, a number of companies have directed their efforts to discovering new proteins through bioinformatics and then studying the biology of these newly discovered proteins to determine whether they have therapeutic applications. We believe that this approach has the potential to speed the identification of therapeutic candidates, and ultimately generate approved products, faster and at lower cost than traditional biology driven approaches.

      Genes that encode proteins are composed of two principal types of information: the primary coding sequence that dictates the composition of the protein as well as additional regulatory sequences that control the actual expression of a gene. The process by which the coding sequence of a gene directs the production of a protein begins when the gene is copied into a related molecule called messenger ribonucleic acid (or mRNA). The mRNA is used as a template to combine amino acids together in a specific order to form a protein. The regulatory region of a gene is responsible for determining the rate of production of mRNA copies, which can therefore directly affect the amount of the protein product that is produced by the cell. Additional factors besides mRNA abundance can affect the levels of proteins in a cell, and proteins themselves can be modified to affect their biochemical activities. The addition, deletion or substitution of one or more bases in a gene,

3


Table of Contents

known as a mutation, can alter the resultant protein’s structure and/or level of expression and result in a disease. Most diseases are believed to be polygenic, meaning that the activities of multiple genes interact to cause the disease. In developing a drug for treatment of a polygenic disease, the most effective strategy may be best selected when all genes that interact to cause or affect the disease are known.

      Therapeutic proteins include naturally occurring proteins that are administered to patients as drugs. Some naturally occurring proteins replace or supplement a protein that is deficient in the body or defective. Others signal the body to initiate or cease a biological function. Examples of therapeutic proteins include insulin, which regulates glucose metabolism for the treatment of diabetes, and tissue plasminogen activator, an enzyme that converts plasminogen to active plasmin, a protein that can break down blood clots. Other therapeutic protein-based drugs have been engineered to provide medical benefit. Examples include monoclonal antibodies such as Herceptin, which targets and destroys breast cancer cells, and soluble receptors such as Enbrel, which binds and blocks the activity of a protien implicated in rheumatoid arthritis. Therapeutic proteins, antibodies and other protein-based products represent a promising class of drugs in the biotechnology industry.

      The use of recombinant DNA technology to manufacture therapeutic proteins has been a major breakthrough for the pharmaceutical industry. Recombinant DNA technology is used to insert a gene into non-human production cells. These cells are grown in culture and have been engineered to produce the desired protein in large quantities. The protein is then isolated from the culture and purified. Recombinant proteins have several advantages over proteins derived from natural sources, such as pooled human or animal blood. First, recombinant DNA technology enables the large-scale production of certain proteins that are scarce and thus too difficult or costly to derive from human or animal sources in therapeutically useful quantities. Second, recombinant DNA technology significantly reduces the contamination risks from blood-borne pathogens that cause diseases. Finally, recombinant DNA technology allows the production of therapeutic proteins using reproducible methodologies. This reproducibility in manufacturing provides for consistency between batches of the final protein product, a necessity for creating a safe drug capable of receiving regulatory approval.

Strategy

      Our execution strategy is focused on the discovery of therapeutic proteins and the management of strategic relationships to synergize research and development capabilities. We also evaluate in-licensing product opportunities with the goal of building a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company that commercializes novel therapeutic proteins. We are pursuing a strategy to identify the subset of genes that we believe have the highest probability of coding for proteins with therapeutic potential. Specifically, we are focusing on defined classes of human proteins whose members have consistently demonstrated therapeutic potential or medically relevant biological activity. We are currently utilizing a number of methods to help define the utility of these genes, including in vitro testing and transgenic animal models. Once we have identified a protein candidate with relevant biological activity, we will seek to develop a therapeutic protein directly, or, where appropriate, develop a monoclonal antibody or soluble receptor that targets the protein.

      Our strategy involves developing strategic relationships to share research and development efforts and marketing opportunities with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. We believe this approach will greatly enhance our chances to move a number of drug candidates into clinical trials over the next several years. We are now focusing on new corporate relationships with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies to share costs and expertise of identifying and developing product candidates. This includes plans to collaborate with strategic partners with expertise to develop antibodies from our proprietary targets.

      We currently use contract research organizations and collaborators to supplement our ability to conduct in vitro and in vivo testing of our therapeutic protein candidates and to execute clinical trials. We also intend to use contract organizations to conduct good laboratory practices (GLP), toxicology and other studies required for filing an Investigational New Drug (IND) application, for the production of any current good manufacturing practices (cGMP) drug and for conducting clinical trials on our lead therapeutic protein candidates.

4


Table of Contents

      Our strategy includes the pursuit of comprehensive intellectual property protection. We seek to establish patent priority for our gene and protein discoveries at the earliest possible time. We use data generated from bioinformatics and exploratory biology to enhance our patent applications.

      Since we expect to generate more product candidates than we have the capacity to develop on our own, we are pursuing a commercialization strategy with multiple options. We intend to internally develop and commercialize some product candidates internally when we believe that clinical trials and development requirements are manageable. We intend to partner with other companies to co-develop and co-promote product candidates in cases where we do not have access to the infrastructure required for development and commercialization. Finally, we intend to out-license other product candidates and intellectual property that do not fit within our future commercial focus.

Research and Development

      Since 1997, we have used our signature-by-hybridization platform to discover large numbers of novel human genes and have maintained an aggressive patent filing and prosecution strategy around these sequences.

      We conduct high-throughput gene and protein sequence analysis using advanced informatics tools techniques to identify candidate genes for biological screening. In general, most candidates are grouped into the broad categories of potential protein therapeutics and small molecule or antibody targets. We believe genes with sequence characteristics and motifs similar to those found in known secreted proteins are more likely to be useful as protein therapeutics. We are also investigating the potential of cell surface or transmembrane proteins as targets for therapeutic antibodies and plan to pursue this strategy through strategic relationships with appropriate technology and development partners.

      We use a diverse set of tools to evaluate the biological functions of the genes and proteins we discover. In our collaboration with the pharmaceutical division of Kirin Brewery Company, Ltd., we conduct screens in which the gene of interest has been introduced into genetically modified mice (transgenic mice) such that the encoded human protein is expressed in the adult animal. Through our collaboration with Deltagen Inc., we can identify the function of our genes by developing knockout mice, in which the corresponding mouse gene has been inactivated by genetic manipulation. We use dozens of independent assays to investigate the biological and biochemical activities of our novel proteins. We also rely on an external network of collaborators to investigate biology and conduct additional tests that we do not perform in-house.

      Within our exploratory biology operation, we apply a variety of methods by which we can identify a protein’s function, determine whether the protein plays a role in disease, assess its commercial potential, and obtain information about dosing and systemic effects of the product candidate. Assuming positive results, both in terms of efficacy and toxicology, we may develop a commercial hypothesis for the product candidate. A commercial hypothesis requires the identification of a market opportunity and a preliminary determination that it will be economically feasible to manufacture the product candidate and administer it to patients.

      The process of selecting and evaluating biopharmaceutical drug candidates involves a broad range of skills and a highly trained scientific staff. Following the initial gene sequence assessment by our bioinformatics group, full-length complimentary DNAs (cDNA) encoding the secreted proteins are cloned, expressed, and screened for biological activity by our Molecular Core and Biology Research groups. Once biological activities have been identified, additional experiments are performed to support the development of a biological hypothesis that describes the protein’s function. The protein candidate next moves to the validation stage, in which more directed and focused experiments are performed to confirm the biological activity and to establish a medical hypothesis. Our protein production and purification group is responsible for providing larger quantities of selected proteins for further in vitro and in vivo testing. These tests are conducted by our Biology Research group, working in conjunction with contract research organizations. Throughout this process, information is provided to our legal group to pursue patent protection for our candidates. Once a product candidate is identified, it moves to the pre-clinical stage, at which time it is tested in specific animal models of diseases for safety and pharmacokinetic analysis. Following initial safety and pharmacokinetic analysis, the pre-clinical safety and efficacy group will be responsible for working with contract research organizations to

5


Table of Contents

conduct GLP toxicology and other studies required for filing an IND. We plan to use contract organizations for the production of cGMP drug and for conducting clinical trials on our lead therapeutic protein candidates.

      The development of immunotherapeutic antibodies is initiated by producing cDNA microarrays that include sequence elements corresponding to the predicted cell surface or transmembrane encoded cDNAs from our proprietary collection. We evaluate the expression of these genes in normal and tumor tissue samples and identify genes whose mRNA are expressed predominantly in tumor but not normal tissues. We then develop antibody reagents to the corresponding target proteins and evaluate the protein expression patterns in normal and cancerous tissues using immunohistochemical analysis. The result of this process is a validated cell surface protein target. We then evaluate antibody reagents to these targets for efficacy in preclinical studies using in vitro and animal models of human cancer.

Alfimeprase: Product Candidate for Clot Lysis

      Alfimeprase is a thrombolytic agent; that is, it dissolves blood clots. Discovered by Amgen, Inc., it is a novel recombinant form of fibrolase, a naturally occurring enzyme. Unlike plasminogen activators, alfimeprase can directly and rapidly degrade the network of fibrin protein that captures red blood cells to form blood clots. The first target medical indication is peripheral arterial occlusion (PAO). In PAO, a clot blocks blood flow to a distant body part, usually in the leg. It is estimated that more than 100,000 cases of PAO are reported in the United States per year. In June 2002, we initiated a Phase I clinical trial in a multi-center, open-label, dose-escalation study to evaluate alfimeprase’s safety and pharmacokinetics, to be conducted in 20 patients across seven centers in the United States. The trial was completed in the first quarter of 2003. The results show that alfimeprase was safe and well-tolerated. There were no drug related adverse events. We plan to begin Phase II human studies for the acute PAO indication in the first half of 2003. In addition, we have filed an investigational new drug application (IND) for a second indication in catheter occlusion. We plan to begin a Phase II human study for catheter occlusion, a new indication in the second quarter of 2003. In this trial the ability for alfimeprase to open occluded central venous catheters will be tested.

      To date none of our other therapeutic protein product candidates has progressed beyond pre-clinical testing, . There can be no assurance that clinical trials, if commenced, will be successful, that any product will prove to be safe and effective for the proposed disease indication, or that any product can be successfully commercialized. See “Risk Factors — Development of our products will take years; our products will require approval before they can be sold” and “Risk Factors — The success of our potential products in pre-clinical studies does not guarantee that these results will be replicated in humans.”

Intellectual Property

      We seek patent protection on isolated partial and full-length gene sequences, as well as their encoded protein products, antibodies that bind to these proteins, and methods of using these genes, proteins or antibodies. As of March 14, 2003, we had filed patent applications on approximately 10,000 predicted full-length gene sequences and their corresponding proteins and antibodies. We hold twenty United States patents relating to our proprietary gene sequences with claims covering the genes, their encoded protein products, corresponding antibodies, or methods of use.

      Our success may depend in part on our ability to:

  •  obtain patent and other proprietary protection for genes and proteins we discover;
 
  •  defend patents once obtained;
 
  •  operate without infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties; and
 
  •  preserve our trade secrets.

Research and Development Collaborations

      We are focusing on strategic relationships to share research and development efforts and marketing opportunities with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. We recognize external collaborations

6


Table of Contents

as an important aspect of our success in analyzing and characterizing protein function. Our current collaborations include research and development collaborations with Deltagen, Inc. (Deltagen), and Kirin Brewery Co., Ltd. (Kirin). Our gene discovery collaborations with BASF Plant Sciences GmbH (BASF), and Chiron Corporation (Chiron) and our collaboration with the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) to conduct research on genes that may have important roles in the development of cardiovascular and related diseases were substantially concluded in 2002. We had a previous collaboration with Kirin that was completed in March 2001. Our subsidiary Callida also has a collaboration with Affymetrix, Inc. (Affymetrix).

Aurora Biosciences Corporation (Aurora)

      In July 2001, we entered into a two-year collaboration and license agreement , under which Aurora will screen over 200 secreted proteins from our proprietary collection, using Aurora’s proprietary CellSensor™ Panel, and under which we received a non-exclusive license to certain fluorescent protein technologies. Aurora will use its technology on our behalf to identify proteins of interest as potential therapeutics and will receive upfront payments, licensing fees and technology access fees. Aurora may receive performance milestones, as well as development milestones and royalties on our products that result from the collaboration. In addition, as part of the agreement, we will provide Aurora access to selected novel targets from our database of proprietary full-length cDNAs. We will receive a database access fee and licensing fees and may receive development milestones and royalties on Aurora’s small molecule products that result from the collaboration. There has been no significant activity under this collaboration for substantially all of 2002 and the companies are discussing an amendment to the collaboration agreement.

Deltagen

      In October 2001, we entered into a collaboration with Deltagen to undertake research and development activities on approximately 200 novel secreted proteins. Approximately 160 of the anticipated 200 genes have entered the collaboration to date. We will provide gene sequences encoding for the secreted proteins, and Deltagen will utilize its in vivo mammalian gene knockout technology to identify and validate potential commercially relevant biopharmaceutical drug targets. Both companies will have certain joint development and commercialization rights around potential biopharmaceutical drug targets discovered through the collaboration. The cost of the collaboration will be shared with Deltagen; we will provide Deltagen with up to a maximum $10 million in research and development payments over the two years ending October 2003, with up to $2.0 million in additional funding if the number of project genes increases to a maximum of 240. Through December 31, 2002, $2.5 million has been paid to Deltagen.

Kirin Pharmaceutical Division

      In October 1998, we entered into a collaboration with Kirin in which we use our signature-by-hybridization platform to target potential pharmaceutical candidates involved in cell growth regulation from specific cell lines provided by Kirin. During the fourth quarter of 2000, we extended the term of our collaboration with Kirin through March 2001 in order to complete additional research. We retain rights in North America to develop pharmaceutical products resulting from the collaboration, subject to milestone and royalty payments to Kirin. Kirin has equivalent rights in Asia and Oceania, and we share rights equally in Europe and in the rest of the world. Our research and gene sequencing obligations under this collaboration are complete. However, Kirin continues to research and develop potential candidates under the collaboration in which we share with Kirin development and commercialization rights.

      In August 2001, we entered into a new collaboration with Kirin, in which Kirin will fund three years of our collaborative research work and both companies will conduct research directed toward discovering proteins and antibodies for a variety of diseases, including hematopoietic and inflammatory diseases. We will jointly own discoveries made during the collaboration, and we will jointly develop and market the resulting products while sharing costs, efforts, and revenues. We will have marketing rights in North America on all products discovered and developed under the collaboration. Kirin will have marketing rights in Asia and Oceania. We will share marketing rights equally in Europe and the rest of the world.

7


Table of Contents

      Revenues from our collaborations with Kirin represented less than 10% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000. We had no revenues from this collaboration in 2001 and 2002.

BASF

      In December 1999, we entered into a collaboration with American Cyanamid Company in which we use our signature-by-hybridization platform to target potential agricultural products. During 2000, BASF Aktiengesellschaft acquired the crop protection business of American Cyanamid Company and subsequently assigned our collaboration with American Cyanamid to BASF Plant Sciences GmbH. The collaboration provides for funding of up to $60 million over its initial term of three and one half years. BASF has the exclusive right to commercialize any agricultural products resulting from the collaboration. In May 2002, we and BASF amended the collaboration to accelerate completion of our gene discovery activities and BASF’s payment schedule, resulting in a cost savings to both parties. Royalties due to us under the agreement were eliminated. All activities under this collaboration were successfully completed in January 2003.

      Revenues from our collaboration with BASF represented 75% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, 91% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, and 83% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

Chiron

      In May 1997, we entered into a collaboration with Chiron in which we used our signature-by-hybridization platform to target solid tumor cancer therapeutics, diagnostic molecules and vaccines. The collaboration had an initial term of three years ending in May 2000, and was extended by Chiron for an additional two-year period ending in May 2002. Chiron did not extend the collaboration past May 2002. Our gene sequencing obligations under the original term of the agreement have been completed. Chiron has the exclusive right to commercialize any products for solid tumors resulting from the collaboration. We will receive royalties on any such products. In addition to research funding payments, in 1997 Chiron made an equity investment of $7.5 million in our company.

      Revenues from our collaboration with Chiron represented 21% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, and less than 10% of total revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2002, respectively.

University of California, San Francisco (UCSF)

      In February 1998, we entered into an agreement with UCSF to conduct research on genes that may have important roles in the development of cardiovascular and related diseases. Under the agreement, researchers at UCSF are collecting DNA samples from up to 20,000 genetically diverse individuals for inclusion in a database. We can use the database, which includes these DNA samples and associated patient clinical data, for research to identify markers of genetic traits, including heart disease and hypertension. In July 2002, we and UCSF amended our research agreement to allow either party to non-exclusively license the database collection to third parties for research purposes, with milestones and royalties to be shared equally by us and UCSF. This amendment also provided that our payment obligations and UCSF’s sample collection obligations under the research agreement were considered concluded. At the same time in July 2002, we and UCSF licensed the database to Celera Diagnostics for use in the development of diagnostic products. This license resulted in upfront payments of $0.5 million in 2002 and up to $0.3 million in 2003. In addition, the agreement includes royalties on licensed products.

      Revenues from our Celera UCSF license represented less than 10% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. No revenue was recognized in connection with this agreement in 2000 and 2001.

Affymetrix

      In October 2001, incident to our settlement of all outstanding litigation with Affymetrix, our majority-owned subsidiary Callida Genomics entered into a collaboration with Affymetrix to accelerate development

8


Table of Contents

and commercialization of a high speed universal DNA sequencing chip. This collaboration with Affymetrix is through a newly created venture, N-Mer, Inc., that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Callida. Universal chips, or arrays, are DNA arrays designed without reference to specific gene sequences that can be used to sequence any gene sequence. N-Mer will have access to both our sequencing-by-hybridization (SBH) technology, through Callida, and to Affymetrix’ GeneChip technology, a standard platform for array-based experiments. Affymetrix will be the exclusive array and system supplier and is initially authorized to be the exclusive agent for the distribution of N-Mer products.

      Revenues from our collaboration with Affymetrix represented less than 10% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, and 10% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

Our Subsidiary Callida Genomics, Inc.

      In October 2001, we formed a majority-owned subsidiary, Callida Genomics, Inc., to carry out our business relating to our proprietary SBH technology. At the same time, Callida formed a wholly owned subsidiary, N-Mer, Inc. to collaborate with Affymetrix, Inc. on developing and commercializing a high speed DNA sequencing chip. Affymetrix has an initial 10% equity interest in Callida which may increase or decrease upon further third party financing of Callida. We and Affymetrix have agreed to each make additional investments in Callida, which will be conditioned on N-Mer’s attainment of a specified technical milestone and the procurement of third-party financing. Callida granted Affymetrix an option to purchase a majority interest in N-Mer, which can be exercisable at any time through October 2006.

      We contributed all of our SBH patents and patent applications to Callida when it was formed. A team of approximately 30 of our scientists, including one of our founders, Dr. Radoje Drmanac, who pioneered our DNA chip and SBH technology, became full-time employees of Callida. Our Chairman Dr. George Rathmann serves as Chairman, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Callida. As of March 14, 2003, Nuvelo owns 90% of the outstanding equity of Callida.

      SBH technology generally involves using DNA probes of known sequence that are hybridized with DNA samples. Different probe sets can be used for different applications. Callida uses a complete set of probes of a given length, or a subset of probes that are selected based on statistical properties, to assemble an unknown sequence of a DNA sample. DNA analysis applications using complete sets or subsets of probes include de novo sequencing, resequencing, genotyping, mutation discovery, and polymorphism detection. In addition, Callida has a license to use Nuvelo’s proprietary signature-by-hybridization technology in which we use a small set of probes to screen for and discover genes in a large number of DNA samples.

      On October 1, 2002 we announced Callida Genomics’ collaboration with Surromed, Inc. for the development of a high throughput universal genotyping system. The collaboration will be funded in part by a National Institute of Standards and Technology Advanced Technology Program (NIST) grant providing approximately $3.2 million in funding for Callida over three years. As of March 14, 2003 we have received approximately $0.4 million in funding from NIST for this collaboration.

Patents and Trade Secrets

      The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and patent authorities outside the United States issue patents for inventions based on genes that have been isolated from their natural state (through a purifying step that separates the gene from other molecules naturally associated with it), but only if the invention meets all the criteria for a patent. Each country has its own standards for granting a patent. In the United States, to be eligible for patent protection, an invention must at least be novel and useful and the patent application must contain sufficient detail to allow one skilled in the art or technology to reproduce the invention. We apply for patent applications on both partial and full-length gene sequences. As of March 14, 2003, we had filed patent applications on approximately 10,000 full-length gene sequences and their corresponding proteins, antibodies that bind to these proteins, methods to generate or manufacture these products, and methods of using these products. Fewer than 10,000 applications are pending because some of our patent applications include many gene sequences in one application. These applications may or may not result in the issuance of patents. In January 2001, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issued final revised guidelines on the standard of utility

9


Table of Contents

required for inventions, including gene-based inventions. The revised guidelines state that a patent application for an invention must disclose a well-established utility or a specific, substantial and credible utility for the isolated and purified gene. There can be no assurance that our disclosures in these applications are sufficient to meet the statutory requirements for patentability in all cases. We cannot assure that any of our currently pending or future applications will issue as patents, or that any patent issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or held unenforceable by way of an interference or opposition proceeding or litigation.

      The filing of many patents on DNA sequences reflects the importance of patent protection for therapeutic protein-based products. The costs of developing these products can run into the hundreds of millions of dollars and can take up to 10 to 12 years from experimental stage to market. Without patent protection, companies often have little incentive to invest in this important endeavor. Protection through patent exclusivity provides the opportunity for a company to recoup its research and development costs, make a profit on the therapeutic protein-based product, and invest in research and development of additional therapeutic protein-based products.

      The growth in the number of patents filed on DNA sequences has spurred continuing reassessment of the related patenting process. In the early 1990s, many companies filed patent applications primarily covering ESTs or other partial gene sequences, believing that resulting patents would cover the related full-length gene sequences. In the mid-1990s, it became increasingly evident that applications filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office would need to cover full-length gene sequences to result in broad patent protection.

      We have also filed United States patent applications on more than 830,000 partial human gene sequences. There can be no assurance that the disclosures in these applications are sufficient to meet the statutory requirements for patentability. Where only a partial sequence is disclosed, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office may issue patents of a very limited scope that will not cover a full-length gene sequence that includes the partial sequence. Therefore, there is a significant risk that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office will not issue patents based on patent disclosures limited to partial gene sequences or will issue patents of a very limited scope. The legal protection and commercial value provided by any patents issued on the basis of partial gene sequences is uncertain.

      Other companies or institutions may have filed patent applications, or may file patent applications in the future, which attempt to patent genes similar to or the same as those covered in our patent applications, including applications based on our potential products. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office would decide the priority of competing patent claims in an interference proceeding. Any patent application filed by a third party may have priority over a patent application we filed, in which event such third party may require us to stop pursuing a potential product, or negotiate a license and royalty arrangement to pursue and commercialize the potential product.

      Issued patents may not provide freedom to operate with respect to our potential products because certain uses of our potential products may give rise to claims that such uses infringe the patents of others. This risk will increase as the biotechnology industry expands and as other companies obtain more patents and attempt to discover the utility and function of all known genes. Other persons could bring legal actions against us to claim damages or to stop our manufacturing and marketing of the affected products. If any of these actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for past damages, these persons may require us to obtain a license in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected products. We believe that there will continue to be significant litigation in our industry regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. If we become involved in patent litigation related to our technology or potential products, it could consume a substantial portion of our resources.

      We pursue patent protection for products and processes where appropriate and we also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological advancement to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our policy is to have each employee enter into an agreement that contains provisions prohibiting the disclosure of confidential information to anyone outside the company. Research and development contracts and relationships between us and our scientific consultants provide access to aspects of our know-how that is

10


Table of Contents

protected generally under confidentiality agreements with the parties involved. There can be no assurance, however, that these confidentiality agreements will be honored or that we can effectively protect our rights to our unpatented trade secrets. Moreover, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets.

Competition

      Our strategy as a biopharmaceutical company is to define and patent human genes that are most likely to be involved in a disease condition and to focus on identifying product candidates from the proteins produced by these genes. There are a finite number of genes in the human genome, virtually all of which have been or will soon be identified. Other active companies include major pharmaceutical and biotechnology firms, not-for-profit entities and United States and foreign government-financed programs, many of which have substantially greater research and product development capabilities and financial, scientific, marketing and human resources than we do. As a result, they may succeed in identifying genes and determining their functions or developing products earlier than we or our current or future collaboration partners do. They also may obtain patents and regulatory approvals for such products more rapidly than we or our current or future collaboration partners, or develop products that are more effective than those proposed to be developed by us or our collaboration partners. Further, any potential products based on genes we identify ultimately will face competition from other companies developing gene-based products as well as from companies developing other forms of treatment for diseases which may be caused by, or related to, the genes we identify. There can be no assurance that research and development by others will not render the products that we may develop obsolete or uneconomical or result in treatments, cures or diagnostics superior to any therapy or diagnostic developed by us or that any therapy we develop will be preferred to any existing or newly developed technologies. Certain of our collaboration partners may now be, or could become, competitors.

      We are in competition to identify, establish uses for and patent as many genes and their corresponding proteins as possible and to commercialize the products we develop from these genes and proteins. We face competition from other entities using high-speed gene sequencers and other sophisticated bioinformatics technologies to discover genes, including but not limited to Celera Genomics Corporation, CuraGen, Corp., Genentech, Inc., Human Genome Sciences, Inc., Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Zymogenetics, Inc. We also face competition from entities using more traditional methods to discover genes related to particular diseases, including other large biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. We expect that competition in our field will continue to be intense. Research to identify genes is also being conducted by various institutes and government-financed entities in the United States and in foreign countries, including France, Germany, Japan and the United Kingdom and elsewhere, as well as by numerous smaller laboratories associated with universities or other not-for-profit entities. In addition, a number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and government-financed programs are engaged or have announced their intention to engage in areas of human genome research similar to or competitive with our focus on gene discovery, and other entities are likely to enter the field.

      We believe the principal competitive factors affecting our markets are the following:

  •  rights to develop and commercialize therapeutic protein-based products, including appropriate patent and proprietary rights;
 
  •  safety and effectiveness of therapeutic protein-based products;
 
  •  the timing and scope of regulatory approvals;
 
  •  the cost and availability of these products;
 
  •  the availability of appropriate third-party reimbursement programs; and
 
  •  the availability of alternative therapeutic products or treatments.

      Although we believe that we are well positioned to compete adequately with respect to these factors in the future, our future success is currently difficult to predict because we are an early stage company; all of our internal product candidates are still in various stages of pre-clinical development and have yet to undergo

11


Table of Contents

clinical trials. Also, although we believe that our bioinformatics technologies and exploratory biology capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage, any of the companies or other entities we compete with may discover and establish a superior patent position in one or more genes or proteins that we have identified and designated or considered designating as a product candidate. In addition, any potential products based on genes or proteins we identify will face competition both from companies developing gene-or protein-based products and from companies developing other forms of treatment for diseases that may be caused by, or related to, the genes or proteins we identify. Furthermore, our potential products, if approved and commercialized, may compete against well established existing therapeutic protein-based products, many of which may be currently reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health insurers and health maintenance organizations. Also, healthcare professionals and consumers may prefer existing or newly developed products to any product we develop.

      Although we believe that there are significant product development opportunities for both us and for our collaborators, competition exists to develop and commercialize therapeutic protein-based products. Many of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater research and product development capabilities and financial, scientific, marketing and human resources than we do. As a result these competitors may:

  •  succeed in identifying genes or proteins, or developing therapeutic protein-based products, earlier than we do;
 
  •  obtain approvals for products from the FDA or other regulatory agencies more rapidly than we do;
 
  •  obtain patents that block or otherwise inhibit our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates;
 
  •  develop treatments or cures that are safer or more effective than those we propose to develop;
 
  •  devote greater resources to marketing or selling their products;
 
  •  introduce or adapt more quickly to new technologies or scientific advances, which could render our high throughput technologies obsolete;
 
  •  introduce products that make the continued development of our potential products uneconomical;
 
  •  more effectively negotiate third-party collaborative or licensing arrangements; and
 
  •  take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities more readily than we can.

      With regard to our subsidiary, Callida, competition in the area of DNA analysis tools is intense and expected to increase. Technologies in this area are new and rapidly evolving. Applications of Callida’s SBH technology compete primarily with Affymetrix and Applied Biosystems. Applied Biosystems presently markets capillary sequencers, a well-established sequencing technology, which compete with applications of SBH technology. Other companies also are developing or have developed DNA analysis tools that may compete with applications of SBH technology, including Aclara Biosciences, Inc., Agilent Technologies, Inc., Caliper Technologies, Inc., CuraGen, Corp., IBM, Illumina, Inc., Molecular Devices, Nanogen, Inc., and Sequenom, Inc. Many of these companies have significantly greater research and development, marketing and financial resources than we do, and therefore represent significant competition.

Government Regulation

      Regulation by governmental authorities in the United States and most foreign countries will be a significant factor in manufacturing and marketing our potential products and in our ongoing research and product development activities. Virtually all of our products and those of our partners, such as Amgen, Aurora Biosciences, Chiron, Deltagen and Kirin, will require regulatory approval by governmental agencies prior to commercialization. In particular, human therapeutic products are subject to rigorous preclinical and clinical testing and other approval requirements by the FDA and comparable agencies in foreign countries.

      In January 2002, we entered into a collaboration with Amgen, Inc. to develop and commercialize alfimeprase, a novel acting thrombolytic, for the treatment of peripheral arterial occlusion (PAO) that will

12


Table of Contents

require regulatory approval. The time required for completing such testing and obtaining such approvals is uncertain. Unexpected biological activities, some of which may result in safety issues, may arise during preclinical evaluation. Such observations could delay or alter the course of a development program or ultimately result in the termination of a program. Any delay in clinical testing may also delay product development. In addition, delays or rejections may be encountered based on changes in FDA or foreign regulatory policy during the period of product development and testing. Various federal statutes and regulations also regulate the manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record-keeping and marketing of such products. The lengthy process of obtaining regulatory approvals and ensuring compliance with appropriate federal statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial resources. Any delay or failure by us or by our collaboration partners to obtain regulatory approval could adversely affect the commercialization of products we or they are developing, our ability to achieve product collaboration milestones or receive royalty revenue and thus negatively impact our liquidity and capital resources.

      Preclinical studies are generally conducted in the laboratory to evaluate the potential efficacy and safety of a therapeutic product. The results of these studies are submitted to the FDA as part of an Investigational New Drug application (IND), which must be reviewed by FDA personnel before clinical testing can begin. Typically, clinical evaluation involves three sequential phases, which may overlap. During Phase I, clinical trials are conducted with a relatively small number of subjects to determine the early safety profile of a drug, as well as the pattern of drug distribution and drug metabolism. In Phase II, trials are conducted with groups of patients afflicted by a specific target disease to determine preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages, and dosage tolerance and to gather additional safety data. In Phase III, larger-scale, multi-center comparative trials are conducted with patients afflicted with a specific target disease to provide data for the statistical proof of efficacy and safety as required by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies. The FDA, the clinical trial sponsor or the investigator may suspend clinical trials at any time if they believe that clinical subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

      The results of preclinical and clinical testing are submitted to the FDA in the form of a New Drug Application for small molecule products or a Biologic License Application for biological products. In responding to a New Drug Application or Biologic License Application the FDA may grant marketing approval, request additional information, or deny the application if the FDA determines that the application does not satisfy its regulatory approval criteria. There can be no assurance that approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The failure to obtain timely permission for clinical testing or timely approval for product marketing would have a material negative effect on us. Product approvals may subsequently be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems are identified after the product reaches the market. The FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of a new product and may prevent or limit future marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing programs.

      Currently one of our product candidates, alfimeprase qualifies as an orphan drug under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983. This act generally provides incentives to manufacturers to undertake development and marketing of products to treat relatively rare diseases or those diseases that affect fewer than 200,000 persons annually in the United States. A drug that receives orphan drug designation by the FDA and is the first product to receive FDA marketing approval for its product claim is entitled to various advantages, including a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that product claim. However, any drug that is considered by the FDA to be different from or clinically superior to a particular orphan drug, including any orphan drug of ours that has been so designated by the FDA, will not be precluded from sale in the United States during the seven-year exclusive marketing period. We cannot assure you that any of our other product candidates will be designated as an orphan drug by the FDA or, if so designated, will have a positive effect on our revenues.

      To manufacture our potential products, a domestic or foreign drug manufacturing facility must be registered with the FDA as a manufacturing establishment, must submit to periodic inspection by the FDA and must comply with current Good Manufacturing Practices regulations. In addition, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote biologics, including, among others, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotions, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet. The FDA has very broad

13


Table of Contents

enforcement authority under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter directing us to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA, and civil and criminal penalties.

      Whether or not FDA approval has been obtained, approval of a product by comparable foreign regulatory authorities is necessary prior to the commencement of marketing of a product in those countries. The approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ from that required for FDA approval. Although there are some centralized procedures for filings in the European Union countries, in general each country has its own procedures and requirements, and compliance with these procedures and requirements may be expensive and time-consuming. Accordingly, there may be substantial delays in obtaining required approvals from foreign regulatory authorities after the relevant applications are filed, if we ultimately receive any approvals at all.

      Even if regulatory approval for a product is obtained, the product and the facilities manufacturing the product are subject to continued review and periodic inspection. Each drug-manufacturing establishment in the United States must be registered with the FDA. Domestic manufacturing establishments are subject to biannual inspections by the FDA and must comply with the FDA’s cGMP regulations, as well as regulatory agencies in other countries if products are sold outside the United States. If our subsidiary Callida manufactures for sale to third parties diagnostic product applications of its SBH technology, it will need to comply with cGMP regulations pertaining to devices. We will need to spend funds, time and effort to ensure full technical compliance with these regulations. The FDA stringently applies regulatory standards for manufacturing drugs, biologics, and medical devices. The FDA’s cGMP regulations require that drugs and medical devices be manufactured and records be maintained in a prescribed manner with respect to manufacturing, testing and control activities.

      Our policy is to conduct research activities in compliance with the National Institute of Health Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules. We also are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and recommendations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, the experimental use of animals and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances, including radioactive compounds and infectious disease agents, used in connection with our work. The extent and character of governmental regulation that might result from future legislation or administrative action and its effect on us cannot be accurately predicted.

      We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, including 33P, a low energy radioactive isotope used in labeling some of our probes and subsequently present in certain waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for such materials comply with the standards prescribed by local, state, and federal laws and regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be completely eliminated. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result and any liability could exceed our resources.

Human Resources

      At December 31, 2002, we had 98 full-time equivalent employees including 25 Callida employees, 45 of whom hold Ph.D., M.D., J.D., or other advanced degrees. Approximately 69 of our employees are engaged in research and development activities, including 24 in Callida, and approximately 29 are engaged in business development, finance, operations support, and administration. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, nor have we experienced work stoppages. We believe that relations with our employees are good.

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. The following discussion highlights some of these risks.

 
Our stock price has been volatile, is likely to continue to be volatile and could decline substantially.

      The price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, highly volatile. That price could fluctuate significantly for the following reasons:

  •  volatility and uncertainty in the capital markets in general;
 
  •  fluctuations in our results of operations;
 
  •  sales of our common stock by existing holders;
 
  •  loss of key personnel;
 
  •  economic and other external factors;
 
  •  announcements by governmental agencies that may have, or may be perceived to have, an impact on our potential products;
 
  •  changes in our earnings estimates;
 
  •  changes in accounting principles;
 
  •  lack of trading volume in our common stock;
 
  •  fluctuations within the biotechnology sector;
 
  •  announcements by competitors; and
 
  •  other factors not within our control.

      In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for biotechnology and other life science stocks in particular, has historically been subject to extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action securities litigation has often been instituted against such a company. Any such litigation instigated against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could significantly harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 
Our common stock is at risk of being delisted from the Nasdaq National Market, and, if delisted, investors may find it more difficult to sell our common stock.

      Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, which has minimum quantitative listing criteria that are required to be maintained. One of these criteria is a minimum stock price of $1.00 per share. On January 29, 2003, we received from Nasdaq a deficiency notice stating that our common stock had remained under $1.00 per share for thirty consecutive trading days beginning on December 16, 2002. If the closing bid price of our common stock does not reach at least $1.00 per share for a minimum of ten consecutive trading days during the one hundred eighty calendar days ending July 28, 2003, Nasdaq may provide written notification that they will delist our common stock from trading on the Nasdaq National Market. At that time, we may appeal the determination to a Listing Qualifications Panel. We are considering various options to avoid having our common stock delisted from the Nasdaq National Market. However, we cannot be certain that any of these options will enable us to satisfy Nasdaq’s minimum stock price requirement or other listing requirements or that we can avoid having our common stock delisted.

      If our common stock is delisted from the Nasdaq National Market it would be more difficult to purchase or sell our common stock or obtain accurate quotations as to the price of the securities, and the price of our common stock could suffer a material decline. In addition, any delisting could have a materially adverse affect

15


Table of Contents

on our access to the capital markets and our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us or at all. Delisting could also cause us to incur significant costs under agreements we entered into in connection with our August 2001 and April 2002 private placements.
 
Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.

      Sales in the public market of substantial amounts of our common stock could depress prevailing market prices of our common stock. As of March 14, 2003, we had 62,980,577 shares of our common stock outstanding. All of these shares are freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates and unregistered shares held by non-affiliates. As of March 14, 2003 our affiliates held 12,725,955 shares of our common stock, which are transferable pursuant to Rule 144 or in some cases Rule 145, each as promulgated under the Securities Act. Although we do not believe that our affiliates have any present intentions to dispose of any shares of common stock owned by them, there can be no assurance that such intentions will not change in the future. Delisting could also cause us to become liable for liquidated damages under the registration agreements we entered into in connection with our October 2001 and April 2002 private placement offerings.

      As of March 14, 2003, warrants to purchase 6,189,718 shares of our common stock were outstanding. In addition, under registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, we have registered approximately 12,723,623 shares of our common stock for sale upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, 1995 Stock Option Plan, Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, Scientific Advisory Board/Consultants Stock Option Plan, and stock option agreements entered into outside of any of our stock option plans and under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the Variagenics, Inc. Amended 1997 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan. Shares of our common stock acquired pursuant to these plans and agreements are available for sale in the open market. In addition, we have reserved approximately 2,493,160 shares of our common stock for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options under stock option agreements entered into outside of any of our stock option plans. As of March 14, 2003, 870,538 of these 2,493,160 options were exercisable. Although these shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, and therefore are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, we intend to register these shares on a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act. The exercise of those options or warrants, and the prompt resale of shares of our common stock received, may result in downward pressure on the price of our common stock. The existence of the currently outstanding warrants and options to purchase our common stock may negatively affect our ability to complete future equity financings at acceptable prices and on acceptable terms.

      As of March 14, 2003, 6,211,223 shares of our common stock were issuable upon repayment of our note held by Affymetrix. Affymetrix has the ability to declare all outstanding principal and interest under the note immediately due and payable in the event that our market capitalization is under $50 million and Affymetrix reasonably determines that the loan evidenced by the note is impaired, and we have an obligation to prepay amounts owing under the note to the extent that the amounts outstanding exceed 10% of our market capitalization. Moreover, we have registered for resale a portion of these shares on a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. If we decide to repay this note with our common stock, whether pursuant to acceleration of the note or otherwise, the prompt resale of shares of our common stock received by Affymetrix may also result in significant downward pressure on the price of our common stock and the possibility of this occurrence may also affect our ability to complete future equity financings at acceptable prices and on acceptable terms.

 
We have not achieved profitability and have recent and anticipated continuing losses.

      For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, we had net losses of $45.0 million, $36.5 million and $22.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, we had an accumulated deficit of $153.4 million. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, Variagenics, a company we recently acquired, had net losses of $33.8 million, $25.3 million and $17.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, Variagenics had an accumulated deficit of $111.8 million.

16


Table of Contents

      The process of developing our therapeutic protein candidates and our molecular diagnostic products will require significant additional research and development, preclinical testing, clinical trials and regulatory approvals. These activities, together with general administrative and other expenses, are expected to result in operating losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate profits and as a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Moreover, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to an annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state law provisions. It is possible that certain transactions that we have entered into, including our merger with Variagenics, when considered in connection with other transactions, may result in a “change in ownership” for purposes of these provisions.

 
We have a relatively short operating history.

      We have a short operating history, as did Variagenics when we merged with it. We commenced operations in the fourth quarter of 1994 with an initial business focused on gene discovery using our signature by hybridization platform, and applications of our sequencing-by-hybridization technology, including the HyChip system. In 1998, we began to transition our business strategy from gene discovery to research and development of potential therapeutic protein candidates. Variagenics commenced operations in 1992 and was in the early stage of commercializing its products and services when we merged with it. As a company with a relatively short operating history, we face risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, including:

  •  the implementation and successful execution of our business strategy and our sales and marketing initiatives;
 
  •  retention of current customers and collaborators and attraction of new customers and collaborators;
 
  •  our ability to respond effectively to competitive and technological developments related to our technologies, products and services;
 
  •  our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel; and
 
  •  our ability to effectively managing our anticipated growth.

      If we fail to address these risks and uncertainties successfully, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be materially adversely affected.

 
We may face fluctuations in operating results.

      Our operating results may rise or fall significantly as a result of many factors, including:

  •  the amount of research and development we engage in;
 
  •  the progress we make with research and preclinical studies on our therapeutic protein candidates, and the number of candidates in research and preclinical studies;
 
  •  our ability to expand our facilities to support our operations;
 
  •  our ability to enter into new strategic relationships;
 
  •  the nature, effectiveness, size, timing or termination of our collaborative arrangements;
 
  •  the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims;
 
  •  the possibility that others may have or obtain patent rights that are superior to ours;
 
  •  changes in government regulation; and
 
  •  release by our competitors of successful products into the market.

      Because substantially all of our potential products currently are in research or preclinical development, revenues from sales of any products will not occur for at least the next several years, if at all. We also have a high percentage of fixed costs such as lease obligations. As a result, we may experience fluctuations in our

17


Table of Contents

operating results from quarter to quarter and continue to generate losses. Quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not necessarily be meaningful and investors should not rely upon such results as an indication of our future performance.
 
   We will need to raise additional capital and such capital may be unavailable to us when we need it or may not be available on acceptable terms.

      We expect to take action to consolidate operations and prioritize projects with the goal of having sufficient cash to fund our operations through 2004. However, unanticipated expenses, or unanticipated opportunities that require financial commitments, could give rise to requirements for additional financing sooner than we expect. Financing may be unavailable when we need it or may not be available on acceptable terms. The unavailability of financing may require us to delay, scale back or eliminate expenditures for our research, development and marketing activities necessary to commercialize our potential biopharmaceutical products. We may also be required to grant rights to third parties to develop and market product candidates that we would prefer to develop and market on our own. If we were required to grant such rights, the ultimate value of these product candidates to us would be reduced.

      If we are unable to obtain additional financing when we need it, the perception in the capital markets that we may not be able to raise the amount of financing we desire, or on terms favorable to us, may have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. Additional equity financings could result in significant dilution of current stockholders’ equity interests. If sufficient capital is not available, we will delay, reduce the scope of, eliminate or divest one or more of our subsidiaries or our discovery, research or development programs. Any such action could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our currently available funds will depend on many factors, including, among others, the following:

  •  continued scientific progress in our research and development programs, including progress in our research and preclinical studies on our potential therapeutic protein candidates;
 
  •  the cost involved in any facilities expansion to support research and development of our potential therapeutic protein candidates;
 
  •  our ability and the ability of our subsidiary Callida to attract additional financing on favorable terms;
 
  •  the magnitude and scope of our research and development programs, including development of potential therapeutic protein candidates, potential molecular diagnostic tests and Callida technology and applications;
 
  •  our ability to maintain, and the financial commitments involved in our existing collaborative and licensing arrangements;
 
  •  our ability to establish new corporate relationships with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies to share costs and expertise of identifying and developing product candidates;
 
  •  the cost of prosecuting and enforcing our intellectual property rights;
 
  •  the cost of manufacturing material for preclinical, clinical and commercial purposes;
 
  •  progress in our clinical studies of alfimeprase;
 
  •  the time and cost involved in obtaining regulatory approvals;
 
  •  our need to develop, acquire or license new technologies or products;
 
  •  competing technological and market developments;
 
  •  future funding commitments to our subsidiary Callida, and our ability to borrow funds from Affymetrix to fund our commitment, under the terms of the Affymetrix settlement;

18


Table of Contents

  •  our ability to use our common stock to repay the outstanding note to Affymetrix and our line of credit with our Chairman, Dr. George B. Rathmann;
 
  •  legal and Nasdaq restrictions that impede our ability to raise funds from private placements of our common stock;
 
  •  future funding commitments to our collaborators;
 
  •  general conditions in the financial markets and in the biotech sector;
 
  •  the uncertain condition of the capital markets; and
 
  •  other factors not within our control.

 
Development of our products will take years; our products require approval before they can be sold.

      Because substantially all of our potential products currently are in research or preclinical or clinical development, revenues from sales of any products will not occur for at least the next several years, if at all. We cannot be certain that any of our products will be safe and effective or that we will obtain regulatory approvals. In addition, any products that we develop may not be economical to manufacture on a commercial scale. Even if we develop a product that becomes available for commercial sale, we cannot be certain that consumers will accept the product. We cannot predict whether we will be able to develop and commercialize any of our protein candidates or our molecular diagnostic products successfully. If we are unable to do so, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

      We do not yet have products in the commercial markets. We cannot apply for regulatory approval of our potential products until we have performed additional research and development and testing. We cannot be certain that we, or our strategic partners, will be permitted to undertake clinical testing of our potential products or continue clinical testing of alfimeprase and, if we are successful in initiating clinical trials, we may experience delays in conducting them. Our clinical trials may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our potential products, and we may encounter unacceptable side effects or other problems in the clinical trials. Should this occur, we may have to delay or discontinue development of the potential product that causes the problem. After a successful clinical trial, we cannot market products in the United States until we receive regulatory approval. Even if we are able to gain regulatory approval of our products after successful clinical trials and then commercialize and sell those products, we may be unable to manufacture enough products to maintain our business, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition.

 
The success of our business depends on patents and other proprietary information.

      We currently have patents that cover some of our technological discoveries and patent applications that we expect to cover some of our gene, protein and technological discoveries. We have twenty issued patents relating to our gene and protein discoveries. We also currently have patents and patents pending which cover or describe, respectively, single nucleotide polymorpohisms and their application to pharmacogenetic studies, genotyping and haplotyping methods, and allele specific inhibitors. We own or have rights to 26 issued U.S. patents relating to these methods. We will continue to apply for patents for our discoveries. We cannot assure you that any of our applications will issue as patents, or that any patent issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or held unenforceable by way of an interference proceeding or litigation. The patent positions of biotechnology companies involve complex legal and factual questions. Even though we own patents, it is uncertain whether:

  •  the patents would be challenged;
 
  •  protection against competitors will be provided by such patents; or
 
  •  competitors will not independently develop similar products or design around the patents.

19


Table of Contents

      We seek patents on:

  •  full-length gene sequences;
 
  •  partial gene sequences;
 
  •  proteins produced by those genes;
 
  •  antibodies to those proteins;
 
  •  diagnostic and therapeutic methods involving such genes, proteins or antibodies;
 
  •  processes, devices and other technology that enhance our ability to develop and/or manufacture gene-based products;
 
  •  single nucleotide polymorphisms;
 
  •  methods for identification of single nucleotide polymorphisms;
 
  •  diagnostic methods to select optimal therapeutic regimens based upon genetic and/or epigenetic assay methods;
 
  •  diagnostic methods to stratify clinical trial subjects based on genotypes; and
 
  •  diagnostic methods to identify the basis of genetic variation of disease.

      To obtain a patent on a novel gene, we need to identify a utility for the novel gene or the encoded protein we seek to protect by patent law. Identifying a utility may require significant research and development with respect to which we may incur a substantial expense and invest a significant amount of time. To obtain a patent on a pharmacogenetic method or technology relating to pharmacogenomics, we may need enablement and utility data. We may incur a substantial expense and invest a significant amount of time, and significant research and development may be required to obtain that data.

      Patent applications describing and seeking patent protection of methods, compositions, or processes relating to proprietary inventions involving human therapeutics or pharmacogenomics could require us to generate data, which may involve substantial costs. Finally, the timing of the grant of a patent cannot be predicted.

      We rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. Although our policy is to enforce security measures to protect our assets, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We expect to require all employees to enter into confidentiality agreements. However:

  •  competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques;
 
  •  competitors may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets;
 
  •  persons with whom we have confidentiality agreements may disclose trade secrets; or
 
  •  we may be unable to protect our trade secrets meaningfully.

      Certain of the patent applications describing our proprietary methods are filed only in the United States. Even where we have filed our patent applications internationally, for some cases and in certain countries, we have chosen not to maintain foreign patent protection through failure to enter national phase or failure to pay maintenance annuities.

      We may be required to obtain licenses to patents or other proprietary rights of others in order to conduct research, development, or commercialization of some or all our programs. These required licenses may not, however, be made available on terms acceptable to us. If we do not obtain these licenses, we may encounter delays in product market introductions, incur substantial costs while we attempt to design around existing patents or not be able to develop, manufacture or sell products. Any of these obstacles could significantly harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Further, if we do obtain these licenses, the agreed terms may necessitate reevaluation of the potential commercialization of any one of our programs.

20


Table of Contents

 
We lack manufacturing experience and intend to rely initially on contract manufacturers.

      We do not currently have significant manufacturing facilities. We are dependent on contract research and manufacturing organizations, and are subject to the risks of finalizing contractual arrangements, transferring technology and maintaining relationships with such organizations in order to file an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, with the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and proceed with clinical trials for any of our potential therapeutic protein candidates. We rely on Amgen Inc. to manufacture our drug product, alfimeprase. We are dependent on third-party contract research organizations to conduct certain research, including good laboratory practices toxicology studies in order to gather the data necessary to file INDs with the FDA for any of our potential therapeutic protein candidates. Our potential therapeutic protein candidates have never been manufactured on a commercial scale. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to manufacture such proteins at a cost or in quantities necessary to make them commercially viable. In addition, if any of our potential therapeutic protein candidates enter the clinical trial phase, initially we will be dependent on third-party contract manufacturers to produce the volume of current good manufacturing practices materials needed to complete such trials. We will need to enter into contractual relationships with these or other organizations in order to (1) complete the Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, toxicology and other studies necessary to file an IND with the FDA, and (2) produce a sufficient volume of current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) material in order to conduct clinical trials of our potential therapeutic protein candidates. We cannot be certain that we will be able to do so on a timely basis or that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of material on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, the failure of any of these relationships with third-party contract organizations may result in a delay of our filing for an IND, or our progress through the clinical trial phase. Any significant delay or interruption would have a material adverse effect on our ability to file an IND with the FDA and/or proceed with the clinical trial phase for any of our potential therapeutic protein candidates.

      Moreover, contract manufacturers that we may use must continually adhere to current cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through a facilities inspection program. If the facilities of such manufacturers cannot pass a pre-approval plant inspection, the FDA premarket approval of our products will not be granted.

 
We are dependent upon collaborative arrangements.

      We will focus on new collaborative arrangements where we would share costs of identifying, developing and marketing product candidates. There can be no assurance that we will be able to negotiate new collaboration arrangements of this type on acceptable terms, or at all.

      The success of our business is dependent, in significant part, upon our ability to enter into multiple collaboration arrangements and to manage effectively the numerous issues that arise from such collaborations. Management of our relationships with our collaboration partners will require:

  •  our management team to devote a significant amount of time and effort to the management of these relationships;
 
  •  effective allocation of our resources to multiple projects; and
 
  •  an ability to obtain and retain management, scientific and other personnel.

      Our need, including the need of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, to manage simultaneously a number of collaboration arrangements may not be successful, and the failure to manage effectively such collaborations would significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
FDA regulatory approval of our products is uncertain; we face heavy government regulation.

      Products such as those proposed to be developed by us or our collaboration partners, typically will be subject to an extensive regulatory process by federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the FDA, and comparable agencies in other countries before we may market and sell such products. In order to obtain regulatory approval of a drug product, we or our collaboration partners must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the applicable regulatory agency, among other things, that such product is safe and effective for

21


Table of Contents

its intended uses. In addition, we must show that the manufacturing facilities used to produce the products are in compliance with cGMP requirements. In the event we or our collaboration partners, develop products classified as drugs, we and our collaboration partners will be required to obtain appropriate approvals as well.

      The process of obtaining FDA and other required regulatory approvals and clearances is lengthy and will require us to expend substantial capital and resources. We may not ultimately be able to obtain the necessary approvals and clearances. Moreover, if and when our products do obtain such approval or clearances, the marketing, distribution and manufacture of such products would remain subject to extensive ongoing regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in:

  •  warning letters;
 
  •  fines;
 
  •  civil penalties;
 
  •  recall or seizure of products;
 
  •  total or partial suspension of production;
 
  •  refusal of the government to grant approvals, premarket clearance or premarket approval; or
 
  •  withdrawal of approvals and criminal prosecution.

      We also are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws, regulations and recommendations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, the experimental use of animals, the environment and the use and disposal of hazardous substances used in connection with our discovery, research and development work, including radioactive compounds and infectious disease agents. In addition, we cannot predict the extent of government regulations or the impact of new governmental regulations that might significantly harm the discovery, development, production and marketing of our products. We may be required to incur significant costs to comply with current or future laws or regulations and we may be adversely affected by the cost of such compliance.

      If we market molecular diagnostic products outside the United States, such products will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. Such requirements vary from country to country and are becoming more restrictive throughout the European Community. The process of obtaining foreign regulatory approvals can be lengthy and require the expenditure of substantial capital and resources. We or our collaboration partners may not be successful in obtaining the necessary approvals.

      Any delay or failure by us or our collaboration partners to obtain regulatory approvals for our products:

  •  would adversely affect our ability to generate product and royalty revenues;
 
  •  could impose significant additional costs on us or our collaboration partners;
 
  •  could diminish competitive advantages that we may attain; and
 
  •  would adversely affect the marketing of our products.

 
We face intense competition.

      The genomics, pharmacogenomics and biopharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive. Our strategy as a biopharmaceutical company is to find the genes of the human genome that are most likely to be involved in a disease condition and to focus on identifying product candidates from the proteins produced by genes. There are a finite number of genes in the human genome, virtually all of which have been or will soon be identified. Our competitors include major pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic firms, not-for-profit entities and United States and foreign government-financed programs, many of which have substantially greater research and product development capabilities and financial, scientific, marketing and human resources than we do. As a result, they may succeed in identifying genes and determining their functions or developing products earlier than we or our current or future collaboration partners do. They also may obtain

22


Table of Contents

patents and regulatory approvals for such products more rapidly than we or our current or future collaboration partners, or develop products that are more effective than those proposed to be developed by us or our collaboration partners. Further, any potential products based on genes we identify ultimately will face competition from other companies developing gene-based products as well as from companies developing other forms of treatment for diseases which may be caused by, or related to, the genes we identify.

      In addition, our technologies, including pharmacogenomic technologies, have undergone and are expected to continue to undergo rapid and significant change. Our competitors may make rapid technological developments which may result in products or technologies becoming obsolete, before we can recover the expenses incurred. The introduction of less expensive or more effective drug discovery and development technologies, including technologies that may be unrelated to genomics, may also make our products and services obsolete. We may not be able to make the necessary enhancements to our technology to compete successfully with newly emerging technologies.

      Many of the companies developing competing products have significantly greater financial resources than we have. Many such companies also have greater expertise than we or our collaboration partners have in discovery, research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing. Other smaller companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations may also conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for discovery, research, clinical development and marketing of products similar to our products. These companies and institutions compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to our programs. We will face competition with respect to:

  •  product efficacy and safety;
 
  •  the timing and scope of regulatory approvals;
 
  •  availability of resources;
 
  •  reimbursement coverage; and
 
  •  price and patent position, including potentially dominant patent positions of others.

      There can be no assurance that research and development by others will not render the products that we may develop obsolete or uneconomical, or result in treatments, cures or diagnostics superior to any therapy or diagnostic developed by us or that any therapy we develop will be preferred to any existing or newly developed technologies. While we believe that our technology provides a significant competitive advantage, any one of our competitors may discover and establish a patent position in one or more genes, proteins or antibodies which we designate as a product candidate, before we do.

 
We lack marketing experience for biopharmaceuticals and pharmacogenomic products.

      We have no sales, marketing or distribution capability. For the foreseeable future, we intend to rely primarily on collaboration partners or licensees, if any, to market our products. Such collaboration partners, however, may not have effective sales forces and distribution systems. If we are unable to maintain or establish such relationships and are required to market any of our products directly, we will have to develop our own marketing and sales force with the appropriate technical expertise and with supporting distribution capabilities. We may not be able to maintain or establish such relationships with third parties or develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities. To the extent that we may depend on our collaboration partners or third parties for marketing and distribution, any revenues we receive will depend upon the efforts of such collaboration partners or third parties. Such efforts may not be successful, and we will not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that such collaboration partners or third parties devote to our products.

23


Table of Contents

 
Our products may not be accepted in the marketplace.

      Even if they are approved for marketing, products we develop may never achieve market acceptance. Our products, if successfully developed, will compete with a number of traditional drugs and therapies manufactured and marketed by major pharmaceutical and other biotechnology companies. Our products will also compete with new products currently under development by such companies and others. The degree of market acceptance of any products developed by us, alone, or in conjunction with our collaboration partners, will depend on a number of factors, including:

  •  the establishment and demonstration of the clinical efficacy and safety of the products;
 
  •  our products’ potential advantage over alternative treatment methods; and
 
  •  reimbursement policies of government and third-party payors.

      Physicians, patients or the medical community in general may not accept and utilize any of the products that we alone, or in conjunction with our collaboration partners, develop. The lack of such market acceptance would significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      We may develop diagnostic testing products in the future. Our success in diagnostics will depend in large part upon our ability to obtain customers and upon the ability of these customers to market genetic tests performed with our technology properly. Genetic tests may be difficult to interpret and may lead to misinformation or misdiagnosis. Ethical concerns about genetic testing may adversely affect market acceptance of our technology for diagnostic applications. Impaired market acceptance of our technology could significantly harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 
We recently acquired Variagenics which includes a business based on pharmacogenomics, which is commercially unproven, and if this field does not develop as we believe, we will have difficulty implementing our combined business strategy.

      The field of pharmacogenomics is relatively new and it has not been proven to be commercially viable. Our recently acquired business is based on the assumption that pharmacogenomics may help scientists better understand complex disease processes and aid in drug development. Scientists generally have a limited understanding of the role of genes in diseases, and few products based on pharmacogenomics have been developed. If our assumption about the role of genes in the disease process is wrong, our business model may not result in products or services and the genetic data included in our SNP database and other products and services may not be useful to our collaborators. In addition, if our customers do not successfully develop or commercialize pharmaceutical or diagnostic products using our technologies, we may not generate further revenues from those customers.

      The instrumentation, software and know-how that comprise our pharmacogenomics technologies involve new uses that have not previously been used in commercial applications. If the industry adopts these technologies, it is possible that previously unrecognized defects or limitations will emerge. We may be unable to achieve the improvements in the components of our technologies necessary for their successful commercialization. Our technologies will also need to compete against well-established techniques to discover new drugs, including chemical processes and high volume screening of genes. If we are unable to compete successfully against these existing techniques and instruments then we may not be able to commercialize our products or achieve a competitive position in the market which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.

 
We face uncertainty with respect to pricing, third-party reimbursements and health care reform.

      Our ability to collect significant royalties from our products may depend on our ability, and the ability of our collaboration partners or customers, to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payors such as:

  •  government health administration authorities;
 
  •  private health insurers;

24


Table of Contents

  •  health maintenance organizations;
 
  •  pharmacy benefit management companies; and
 
  •  other health care related organizations.

      Currently, third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, and the overall availability of third-party reimbursement is limited and uncertain for genetic predisposition tests. Third-party payors may deny their insured reimbursement if they determine that a prescribed device or diagnostic test has not received appropriate clearances from the FDA or other government regulators, is not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by the third-party payor, or is experimental, unnecessary or inappropriate. If third-party payors routinely deny reimbursement, we may not be able to market our products effectively. We also face the risk that we will have to offer our diagnostic products at prices lower than anticipated as a result of the current trend in the United States towards managed health care through health maintenance organizations. Prices could be driven down by health maintenance organizations that control or significantly influence purchases of health care services and products. Legislative proposals to reform health care or reduce government insurance programs could also adversely affect prices of our products. The cost containment measures that health care providers are instituting and the results of potential health care reforms may prevent us from maintaining prices for our products that are sufficient for us to realize profits and may otherwise significantly harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 
The success of our potential products in pre-clinical studies does not guarantee that these results will be replicated in humans.

      Even though some of our therapeutic protein candidates have shown results in preclinical studies, these results may not be replicated in our clinical trials with humans. Human clinical results could be different from our expectations following our preclinical studies. Consequently, there is no assurance that the results in our preclinical studies are predictive of the results that we will see in our clinical trials with humans. Also, while we have demonstrated some evidence that our therapeutic protein candidates have utility in preclinical studies, these results do not mean that the resulting products will be safe and effective in humans. Our therapeutic protein candidates may have undesirable and unintended side effects or other characteristics that may prevent or limit their use.

 
Our ability to commercialize gene-based products is unproven.

      We have not developed any therapeutic or diagnostic products using proteins produced by the genes we have discovered. Before we make any products available to the public, we or our collaboration partners will need to conduct further research and development and complete laboratory testing and animal and human studies. Moreover, with respect to biopharmaceutical products, we or our collaboration partners will need to obtain regulatory approval before releasing any such products. We have spent, and expect to continue to spend, significant amounts of time and money in determining the function of genes and the proteins they produce, using our own capabilities and those of our collaboration partners. Such determination process constitutes the first step in developing commercial products. We also have spent and will continue to spend significant amounts of time and money in developing processes for manufacturing of our recombinant proteins under pre-clinical development, yet we may not be able to produce sufficient protein for preclinical studies. A commercially viable product may never be developed from our gene discoveries.

      Our development of gene-based products is subject to several risks, including but not limited to:

  •  the possibility that a product is toxic, ineffective or unreliable;
 
  •  failure to obtain regulatory approval for the product;
 
  •  the product may be difficult to manufacture on a large scale, or may not be economically feasible to market;
 
  •  competitors may develop a superior product; or

25


Table of Contents

  •  other persons’ or companies’ patents may preclude our marketing of a product.

      Our biopharmaceutical development programs are currently in the research stage or in preclinical development. None of our potential therapeutic protein candidates from our own portfolio have advanced to Phase I clinical trials. Our programs may not move beyond their current stages of development. Even if our research does advance, we will need to engage in certain additional preclinical development efforts to determine whether a product is sufficiently safe and efficacious to enter clinical trials. We have little experience with these activities and may not be successful in developing or commercializing products.

      Under our collaboration arrangement with Chiron in the solid tumor cancer field, Chiron maintains responsibility for the development of a product. Under our collaboration arrangement with Kirin Brewery Company, Ltd., Kirin has primary responsibility for clinical development in its territory and we have primary responsibility in our territory. Under our collaboration arrangement with Deltagen, we share responsibility for development of a product. With respect to these arrangements, we run the risk that Chiron or Kirin may not pursue clinical development in a timely or effective manner, if at all, and that Deltagen may not cooperate with us in pursuing clinical development in a timely or effective manner.

      If a product receives approval from the FDA to enter clinical trials, Phases I, II, and III of those trials include multi-phase, multi-center clinical studies to determine the product’s safety and efficacy prior to marketing. We cannot predict the number or extent of clinical trials that will be required or the length of the period of mandatory patient follow-up that will be imposed. Assuming clinical trials of any product are successful and other data appear satisfactory to us, we or our applicable collaboration partner will submit an application to the FDA and appropriate regulatory bodies in other countries to seek permission to market the product. Typically, the review process at the FDA is not predictable and can take up to several years. Upon completion of such review, the FDA may not approve our or our collaboration partner’s application or may require us to conduct additional clinical trials or provide other data prior to approval. Furthermore, even if our products or our collaboration partner’s products receive regulatory approval, delays in the approval process could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      In addition, we may not be able to produce any products in commercial quantities at a reasonable cost or may not be able to market successfully such products. If we do not develop a commercially viable product, then we would suffer significant harm to our business, financial condition and operating results.

 
Our subsidiary Callida may not be able to raise third party financing.

      In October 2001, we formed Callida to develop and commercialize our sequencing-by-hybridization or SBH technology. We recognized 90% of Callida’s operating losses in our consolidated results of operations up to the point where Affymetrix’s initial minority interest investment was depleted in the first quarter of 2002. Beyond that point, we absorb 100% of the net losses until Callida generates net income. There is no guarantee, however, that Callida will meet its technical milestone and other requirements to obtain additional funding through Affymetrix and us. There is also no assurance that Callida will be able to obtain any third party financing or that any such financing that Callida obtains will be on favorable terms or that the funding from outside sources will be sufficient to fund Callida’s operations. We cannot assure the success of Callida, and if Callida is unable to obtain sufficient funding from outside sources, we may reduce projects and/or bear the costs of financing Callida ourselves, which will divert our resources from biopharmaceutical projects.

 
We face uncertainties related to SBH technology applications.

      We have developed applications of our SBH technology, currently in our subsidiary, Callida, including the chip component to be used with the HyChip system. As Callida continues development of SBH technology applications, it may discover problems in the functioning of these applications, including the HyChip system. Callida may be unable to improve applications of our SBH technology enough to be able to market them successfully. Further, SBH technology applications compete against other DNA analysis tools and well-established technologies. The failure of Callida to successfully develop and market applications of SBH technology could result in significant harm to our business, financial condition and operating results.

26


Table of Contents

 
Many corporate actions will be controlled by our officers and directors regardless of the opposition of other stockholders or the desire of other stockholders to pursue an alternative course of action.

      Our executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 19.07% of our common stock outstanding as of March 14, 2003. For purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. If they act together, these stockholders will be able to exercise substantial influence and control over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control.

 
We face product liability exposure and potential unavailability of insurance.

      We risk financial exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of products developed by us or our collaboration partners, if any, result in personal injury. We may experience losses due to product liability claims in the future. We have obtained limited product liability insurance coverage. Such coverage, however, may not be adequate or may not continue to be available to us in sufficient amounts or at an acceptable cost, or at all. We may not be able to obtain commercially reasonable product liability insurance for any product approved for marketing. A product liability claim or other claim, product recalls, as well as any claims for uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities, may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
We use hazardous materials, chemicals and patient samples in our business and any disputes relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming and costly.

      Our research and development, production and service activities involve the controlled use of hazardous or radioactive materials, chemicals, including oxidizing and reducing reagents, and patient tissue and blood samples. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and certain waste products. We could be liable for accidental contamination or discharge or any resultant injury from hazardous materials, conveyance, processing, and storage of and data on patient samples. If we fail to comply with applicable laws or regulations, we could be required to pay penalties or be held liable for any damages that result and this liability could exceed our financial resources. Further, future changes to environmental health and safety laws could cause us to incur additional expense or restrict our operations.

      In addition, our collaborators may be working with these types of hazardous materials, including viruses and hazardous chemicals, in connection with our collaborations. In the event of a lawsuit or investigation, we could be held responsible for any injury caused to persons or property by exposure to, or release of, these patient samples that may contain viruses and hazardous materials. The cost of this liability could exceed our resources.

 
We are dependent on key personnel.

      The success of our business is highly dependent on the principal members of our scientific and management staff, including our chairman and senior management team. The loss of the services of any such individual might significantly delay or prevent us from achieving our scientific or business objectives.

 
We must attract and retain qualified employees and consultants.

      Our success will depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified employees to help develop our potential products and execute our research and development strategy. We have programs in place to retain personnel, including programs to create a positive work environment and competitive compensation packages. Because competition for employees in our field is intense, however, we may be unable to retain our existing personnel or attract additional qualified employees. Our success also depends on the continued availability of outside scientific collaborators to perform research and develop processes to advance and augment our internal research efforts. Competition for collaborators is intense. If we do not attract and retain qualified personnel

27


Table of Contents

and scientific collaborators, and if we experience turnover or difficulties recruiting new employees, our research and development programs could be delayed and we could experience difficulties in generating sufficient revenue to maintain our business.
 
Risk of natural disasters and power blackouts.

      Our facilities are located in Sunnyvale, California and Cambridge, Massachusetts. In the event that a fire or other natural disaster (such as an earthquake) disrupts our research or development efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially, adversely affected. Some of our landlords maintain earthquake coverage for our facilities. Although we maintain personal property and business interruption coverage, we do not maintain earthquake coverage for personal property or resulting business interruption.

 
We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of our merger with Variagenics.

      The success of our merger with Variagenics will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated synergies, cost savings and growth opportunities from integrating the business of Variagenics with our business. Our success in realizing these benefits and the timing of this realization depends upon the successful integration of the operations of Variagenics. The integration of two independent companies, especially when one company is located on the West Coast and the other on the East Coast, is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. The difficulties of combining the operations of the companies include, among others:

  •  consolidating research and development operations;
 
  •  retaining key employees;
 
  •  consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures;
 
  •  preserving the research and development and other important relationships of the companies;
 
  •  integrating and managing the technology of two companies;
 
  •  using Variagenics’ liquid capital assets efficiently to develop the business of the combined company;
 
  •  minimizing the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns; and
 
  •  coordinating geographically separate organizations.

      We may also merge with or acquire other companies in the future, and will face similar risks. Moreover, anytime we attempt to merge with or acquire another company, we may be exposed to a number of other risks, including:

  •  exposure to unknown liabilities of the merged or acquired business;
 
  •  our management’s attention may be diverted from our ongoing business concerns during the negotiation process;
 
  •  we may experience unbudgeted expenses in attempting to complete the transaction and integration process; and
 
  •  our stock price may suffer if the former stockholders of the merged or acquired entity dispose of significant numbers of shares of our common stock that they receive in the transaction within a short period of time.

      We cannot assure you that we will receive all of the anticipated benefits of our merger with Variagenics, or of any other merger or acquisition in the future, or that any of the risks described above will not occur. Our failure to receive anticipated benefits, and our exposure to inherent risks, in any such transaction could significantly harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 
Some of our third-party agreements and some of those of Variagenics have change of control or termination provisions.

28


Table of Contents

      Some of our agreements and some of those of Variagenics with third parties have change of control or termination provisions that may be triggered by our merger with Variagenics, but have not yet been waived. These third parties may elect to terminate those agreements as a result of the merger.

 
Variagenics was a defendant in a class action suit and defending this litigation could hurt our business.

      Variagenics was a defendant in a securities class action lawsuit alleging the failure to disclose additional and excessive commissions purportedly solicited by and paid to underwriters also named in the lawsuit in exchange for allocating shares of Variagenics’ stock to preferred customers and alleged agreements among the underwriters named in the lawsuit and preferred customers tying the allocation of initial public offering shares to agreements to make additional aftermarket purchases at pre-determined prices. As a result of our merger with Variagenics, we are obligated to continue to defend against this litigation. Our defense of this lawsuit could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could hurt our business. In addition, if we lose this litigation, or settle on adverse terms, our stock price may be adversely affected.

 
We have implemented anti-takeover provisions that may reduce the market price of our common stock.

      Our by-laws provide that members of our board of directors serve staggered three-year terms. Our articles of incorporation provide that all stockholder action must be effected at a duly called meeting and not by a consent in writing. The by-laws provide, however, that our stockholders may call a special meeting of stockholders only upon a request of stockholders owning at least 50% of our capital stock. These provisions of our articles of incorporation and our by-laws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors. We also intended these provisions to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. We designed these provisions to reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition proposals and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. These provisions, however, could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares. As a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

      We are permitted to issue shares of our preferred stock without stockholder approval upon such terms as our board of directors determines. Therefore, the rights of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of our preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have a dilutive effect on the holdings of our current stockholders.

      On June 5, 1998, our board of directors adopted a rights plan and declared a dividend with respect to each share of our common stock then outstanding. This dividend took the form of a right, which entitles the holders to purchase one-one thousandth of a share of our Series B junior participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $175, subject to adjustment from time to time. These rights have also been issued in connection with each share of our common stock issued after June 15, 1998. The rights are exercisable only if a person or entity or affiliated group of persons or entities acquires, or has announced its intention to acquire, 15% (27.5% in the case of certain approved stockholders) or more of our outstanding common stock. The adoption of the rights plan makes it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors.

      Nevada Revised Statutes Sections 78.411 through 78.444 prohibit an “interested stockholder,” under certain circumstances, from entering into specified combination transactions with a Nevada corporation, unless certain conditions are met. Under the statute, an “interested stockholder” is a person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of a corporation’s voting stock or an affiliate or associate of a corporation who at any time within the prior three years beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. According to the statute, we may not engage in a combination within three

29


Table of Contents

years after an interested stockholder acquires our shares, unless (i) our board of directors approves the combination prior to the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder or (ii) holders of a majority of voting power not beneficially owned by the interested stockholder approve the combination at a meeting called no earlier than three years after the date the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder.

      Nevada Revised Statutes Sections 78.378 through 78.3793 further prohibit an acquirer, under certain circumstances, from voting shares of a target corporation’s stock after crossing certain threshold ownership percentages, unless the acquirer obtains the approval of the target corporation’s stockholders. This statute only applies to Nevada corporations that do business directly or indirectly in Nevada. We do not intend to do business in Nevada within the meaning of the statute. Therefore, it is unlikely that the statute will apply to us.

      The provisions of our governing documents, our existing agreements and current Nevada law may, collectively:

  •  lengthen the time required for a person or entity to acquire control of us through a proxy contest for the election of a majority of our board of directors;
 
  •  discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price; and
 
  •  generally deter efforts to obtain control of us.

 
Item 2. Properties

      We lease a 12,000 square foot facility at 670 Almanor Avenue, Sunnyvale, California, under a lease that expires June 30, 2005. We lease approximately 59,000 square feet of space at 675 Almanor Avenue, Sunnyvale, California, which is across the street from 670 Almanor. This lease expires on June 30, 2005, and has a five-year renewal option which, if exercised, would extend the lease to June 30, 2010. We also lease approximately 140,000 square feet of space at 985 Almanor Avenue in Sunnyvale, California, adjacent to our current operating facilities. The lease on this new space extends through May 2011.

      In June 2000, we entered into eleven-year lease agreements with AMB Property Corporation (AMB) for an additional approximately 59,000 square feet of space at 225, 249 and 257 Humboldt Court in Sunnyvale, California, approximately one mile from our current operating facilities. On October 25, 2002, we entered into agreements with AMB that terminate this lease and grant us a six-month option to purchase these properties for a purchase price of $15.3 million.

 
Item 3.      Legal Proceedings

      On or about December 6, 2001, Variagenics was sued in a complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York naming it and certain of its officers and underwriters as defendants. The complaint purportedly is filed on behalf of persons purchasing the Company’s stock between July 21, 2000 and December 6, 2000, and alleges violations of Sections 11,12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.

      The complaint alleges that, in connection with Variagenics, July 21, 2000 initial public offering, the defendants failed to disclose additional and excessive commissions purportedly solicited by and paid to the underwriter defendants in exchange for allocating shares of Variagenics’ stock to preferred customers and alleged agreements among the underwriter defendants and preferred customers tying the allocation of IPO shares to agreements to make additional aftermarket purchases at predetermined prices. Plaintiffs claim that the failure to disclose these alleged arrangements made Variagenics’ registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC in July 2000 and the prospectus, a part of the registration statement, materially false and misleading. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. On or about April 19, 2002 an amended complaint was filed which makes essentially the same allegations. On or about July 15, 2002, Variagenics and the individuals filed a motion to dismiss.

30


Table of Contents

      We are involved in this litigation as a result of our merger with Variagenics in January 2003. We believe that the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against the plaintiffs’ claims. We are not a party to any other material pending legal proceedings.

 
Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      No matters were submitted to the vote of stockholders through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2002.

31


Table of Contents

PART II

 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

      Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market on August 8, 1997 as Hyseq, Inc. (HYSQ), and is currently traded under the symbol “NUVO”. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low bid information for the common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, under the symbol, HYSQ:

                 
High Low


Fiscal 2001:
               
First Quarter
  $ 16.44     $ 7.50  
Second Quarter
  $ 18.00     $ 7.50  
Third Quarter
  $ 11.35     $ 5.20  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 10.22     $ 5.94  
Fiscal 2002:
               
First Quarter
  $ 9.00     $ 5.32  
Second Quarter
  $ 5.33     $ 1.70  
Third Quarter
  $ 2.84     $ 1.35  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 1.90     $ 0.85  

      As of March 14, 2003, there were approximately 232 stockholders of record of our common stock. We have not paid dividends to our stockholders since our inception and we do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance our growth.

      Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is set forth under “Certain Information With Respect to Executive Officers” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 6.     Selected Consolidated Financial Data

                                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Contract revenues
  $ 26,433     $ 24,590     $ 15,604     $ 6,397     $ 9,590  
Loss before minority interest
    (45,090 )     (36,765 )     (22,253 )     (18,547 )     (16,369 )
Loss attributable to minority interest
    112       293                    
Net loss
    (44,978 )     (36,472 )     (22,253 )     (18,547 )     (16,369 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share
    (2.08 )     (2.26 )     (1.65 )     (1.43 )     (1.27 )
Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    21,661       16,158       13,449       13,004       12,839  

32


Table of Contents

                                         
December 31,

2002 2001 2000 1999 1998





(In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Working capital
  $ (20,728 )   $ (1,717 )   $ (2,577 )   $ 22,077     $ 42,345  
Total assets
    27,072       39,904       21,288       45,364       57,914  
Noncurrent portion of capital lease and loan obligations
    1,026       2,228       4,722       5,221       4,479  
Note payable
    4,000       4,000                    
Other non-current liabilities
          125                    
Minority interest
          112                    
Accumulated Deficit
    (153,372 )     (108,394 )     (71,922 )     (49,669 )     (31,122 )
Total Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
    (4,564 )     15,421       8,362       29,222       47,576  

      A factor affecting the comparability of information between 2001 and 2002 was our private placement offering in April of 2002, in which an aggregate of 3,575,691 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 893,927 shares of common stock were sold for net proceeds of approximately $14.3 million.

      A factor affecting the comparability of information between 2000 and 2001 was our private placement offering in August 2001, in which an aggregate of 3,040,734 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,520,368 shares of common stock were sold for net proceeds of approximately $20.7 million, and the conversion of our loan from our Chairman’s first line of credit into 2,237,637 shares of common stock.

 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

      We have included or incorporated by reference into this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and from time to time our management may make statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words including “anticipate,” “believe,” “intends,” “estimates,” “expect,” “should,” “may,” “potential” and similar expressions. Such statements are based on our management’s current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and performance could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors discussed in this Annual Report, including those set forth in this Item 7 as well as under “Item 1. Business,” including “Risk Factors.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      Our discussion and analysis of our operating results and financial condition is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent amounts. While we believe our estimates, judgments, and assumptions are reasonable, the inherent nature of estimates is that actual results will likely be different from the estimates made.

      We believe the following critical accounting policies, among others, affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

      We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions have occurred:

  •  Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
 
  •  Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,
 
  •  The price is fixed and determinable, and

33


Table of Contents

  •  Collectibility is reasonably assured.

      We defer up-front refundable fees and recognize revenues upon the later of when they become nonrefundable or when performance obligations are completed. In situations where we have no continuing performance obligations, we recognize up-front nonrefundable fees as revenues when received. In situations where continuing performance obligations exist, we defer and amortize up-front nonrefundable fees over the performance period. The terms of such arrangements may cause our operating results to vary considerably from period to period.

Income Taxes

      Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) Board Opinion No. 109. Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

      We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred income tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Assessment of the realization of deferred income tax assets requires that estimates and assumptions be made as to the taxable income of future periods. Our deferred tax assets are reduced to zero, as management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Projection of future period earnings is inherently difficult as it involves consideration of numerous factors such as our overall strategies and estimates of new product development and acceptance, product lifecycles, selling prices and volumes, responses by competitors, manufacturing costs and assumptions as to operating expenses and other industry specific and macro and micro economic factors. In addition, consideration is also given to ongoing and constantly evolving global tax laws and our own tax minimization strategies.

Capitalization of Software Developed for Internal Use

      We account for software developed for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use,” which requires research and development costs associated with the application development stage to be capitalized for internal use software. Platform and software development costs incurred prior to the application development stage are charged to expense as incurred. Management is required to use professional judgment in determining whether development costs meet the criteria in SOP 98-1 for immediate expense or capitalization. Amortization of the capitalized costs begins when all substantial testing is completed and the software is ready for its intended use. Management periodically reviews the carrying value of the projects that have been capitalized to determine if impairment may exist. If it is determined that the carrying value of the asset has been impaired, the value would be reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment.

Overview

      Our Company is strategically focused on the discovery and development of novel biotherapeutics. This strategy resulted from a careful review of all assets and programs at both Hyseq and Variagenics following the close of our merger between the two companies on January 31, 2003.

      As part of this plan, we will dedicate our resources to advancing our most promising biopharmaceutical discovery and development programs, including alfimeprase, our novel acting thrombolytic currently in Phase I trials for peripheral arterial occlusion (PAO).

      We will leverage our proprietary gene collection and opportunistic in-licensing and partnering strategy to build upon our pipeline of attractive therapeutic candidates. We also intend to out-license or partner our

34


Table of Contents

immunotherapeutics portfolio and monetize non-core assets including our microarray business, pharmacogenomic technology and molecular diagnostic programs, to further support our biopharmaceutical development programs. Our focus is on building a successful biopharmaceutical business. This strategic initiative reflects our commitment to creating a valuable product-focused company that leverages our drug discovery and development expertise. To execute on this strategy, we will align the company’s assets and resources and efficiently manage our finances to provide our key development programs with the greatest chance of success.

      Alfimeprase, our lead development program, successfully completed its Phase I trial in the first quarter, 2003. This trial was a multi-center, open label, dose-escalation study to evaluate the safety and pharmacokinetics of alfimeprase, and was completed in twenty patients across seven centers in the United States. The results show that alfimephase was safe and well-tolerated. There were no drug related adverse events. In addition we recently filed an investigational new drug (IND) application for a second indication in catheter occlusion. We plan to initiate two Phase II programs with alfimeprase in the first half of this year in both PAO and catheter occlusion and anticipate completion of at least one of these Phase II “proof-of-concept” studies by the end of 2003.

      We will take steps to ensure that cash resulting from our merger will fund our operations through 2004. As of the merger date, January 31, 2003, we had approximately $53.2 million cash available for future operations.

Results of Operations

      In October 2001, we created a majority-owned subsidiary, Callida Genomics, Inc. (Callida) to develop and commercialize our sequencing-by-hybridization (SBH) technology, including a high-speed DNA sequencing chip developed in collaboration with Affymetrix, Inc. Nuvelo’s core business is to develop and market therapeutic drugs for the treatment of human diseases. Therefore, we have chosen to organize and manage Callida as a separate segment to provide DNA analysis solutions useful to businesses engaged in the genomic sciences.

Contract Revenues

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

      Our contract revenues were $26.4 million for 2002 compared to $24.6 million for 2001. The increase was primarily due to amortization of deferred license revenues received from Affymetrix in October 2001 upon the creation of our subsidiary, Callida.

      Revenues earned during 2002 by Nuvelo were $25.6 million compared with $24.6 million for 2001. Revenues earned during 2002 by Callida were $0.9 million, prior to which time Callida did not exist as a separate reportable business segment.

      Contract revenues earned during 2002 included $21.9 million under our gene screening services agreement with BASF Plant Sciences, $2.7 million amortization of deferred license revenue created under our agreement with Affymetrix, $0.5 million under our gene screening services agreement with Chiron, $0.5 million licensing fees from Agilent, $0.5 million licensing fees from Applera’s Celera Diagnostics business unit, and $0.4 million research funding from the National Institute of Standards and Technology.

      Revenues recognized under our gene screening services agreement with BASF were $21.9 million for 2002 compared to $22.4 million for 2001. During the second quarter of 2002 we announced an agreement with BASF to accelerate the completion of our existing three-and-a-half year collaboration by six months to approximately January 31, 2003, resulting in significant cost savings for both parties, thereby strengthening our biopharmaceutical focus and financial position. By December 31, 2002 our performance under this $60.0 million gene discovery services agreement was substantially complete.

      Revenues recognized in 2002 under our agreement with Affymetrix consist of $2.7 million amortization of deferred revenues from the $4.0 million license payment received from Affymetrix as part of the October 2001 settlement of all our outstanding litigation with Affymetrix and simultaneous creation of Callida, in which

35


Table of Contents

Affymetrix holds a minority ownership. During 2001, $0.8 million of this license payment was recognized as revenue. As of December 31, 2002, $0.5 million of this funding remained as deferred revenue.

      Revenues recognized in 2002 under our agreement with Chiron consist of the final $0.5 million amortization of $2.2 million in fees received in return for a two-year extension to our three year 1997 agreement. In May of 2002, Chiron elected not to add a second two-year extension to our agreement.

      Revenues recognized in 2002 included $0.5 million received from Applera Corporation’s Celera Diagnostics business unit to license certain technologies achieved during our research collaboration with the University of California, San Francisco. We may receive additional licensing fees or royalties in future years if the University of California, San Francisco and Celera pursue additional research into the technologies or commercial sale of licensed products.

      Revenues recognized in 2002 included $0.5 million which was received from Agilent Technologies, Inc. to license certain Callida patents and patent applications. We may receive product and services royalties in future years from Agilent, if Agilent utilizes these technologies in commercial products.

      Revenues recognized in 2002 also included $0.4 million for research funding received from the National Institute of Standards and Technology’s Advanced Technology Program. The research grant awards Callida Genomics $3.2 million over three-and-a-half years, commencing September 2002.

      Our revenues typically vary from quarter to quarter and may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results from year to year. In the future, we may not be able to maintain existing collaborations, obtain additional collaboration partners or obtain revenue from other sources. The failure to maintain existing collaborations, the inability to enter into additional collaborative arrangements or obtain revenue from other sources could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating results. Due to the completion of our BASF collaboration, we anticipate revenues to decrease in 2003.

      Our biopharmaceutical research and development, or “R&D,” efforts are currently at the stage of screening hundreds of genes from our databases alone and in collaboration with outside partners, coupled with exploratory research to evaluate their biological activity. All of this research is at a relatively early stage and other than alfimeprase, for which we plan to commence Phase II clinical trials in the first half of 2003, we have no R&D projects that would be classified at present as drug product candidates or otherwise likely to generate revenues in the near term. The process of selecting and evaluating genes, their encoded proteins and/or antibodies to these proteins for their potential as drug candidates is a long-term process, which is described under “Research and Development” in Item 1, above.

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

      Our contract revenues increased by $9.0 million to $24.6 million in 2001, compared to $15.6 million for 2000. Contract revenues recognized in 2001 included $22.4 million from BASF Plant Sciences and $1.2 million from Chiron. The increase in 2001 was primarily due to the ramp up of gene screening services for BASF to slightly higher than contractual levels of $22.4 million compared with $11.7 million the previous year, less a $2.1 million decrease in revenues earned from Chiron due the completion in the first half of 2000 of the gene screening services portion of that collaboration.

Operating Expenses

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

      Our total operating expenses, consisting of research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and restructuring costs increased by $9.5 million to $70.3 million for 2002 compared to $60.8 million for 2001.

      During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $1.5 million for severance costs in connection with our anticipated merger with Variagenics, Inc. (Variagenics) of Cambridge Massachusetts. The restructuring plan includes a reduction of approximately 50 employees from research, operations and administration in our Sunnyvale California headquarters. As we focus our Company on

36


Table of Contents

building a successful biopharmaceutical business we may incur costs associated with additional employee reductions in research, operations and administration.

      During the quarter ended June 30, 2002 we recorded a restructuring charge of $0.6 million for severance costs due to our agreement to accelerate completion of our agricultural gene discovery collaboration with BASF Plant Science (BASF). The strategic restructuring plan includes a reduction of approximately 76 employees from research, operations and administration.

      Operating expenses incurred during 2002 by Nuvelo Inc. were $63.9 million compared with $60.8 million for 2001. Operating expenses incurred during 2002 by Callida Genomics were $6.4 million, prior to which time Callida did not exist as a separate reportable business segment.

      For 2002, our research and development expenses increased by $3.7 million to $50.2 million compared to $46.5 million for 2001. This increase was primarily due to a $10.0 million non-cash charge for the fair value of warrants issued to Amgen, Inc. in the first quarter as we began our collaboration to develop and commercialize alfimeprase, a novel acting thrombolytic, for the treatment of peripheral arterial occlusion (PAO) and other indications. Excluding this $10.0 million charge, research and development expenses decreased $6.3 million, principally as a result of savings in cost of scientific personnel and lab supplies of $5.4 million from our agreement to accelerate completion of gene screening services for BASF Plant Science by approximately six months. We also received cost recoveries of $1.0 million and $0.8 million for shared research with Kirin and Intel, respectively. Offsetting these cost recoveries, costs of outside services related to the alfimeprase Phase I clinical trials increased by $1.3 million. Due to the acquisition of additional facilities for research and development, rent expense allocated to R&D increased $2.9 million. In 2002 we paid $0.9 million lower fees to the University of California, San Francisco under our research collaboration which was concluded in 2002. In addition, in 2001 we wrote off $1.1 million of capitalized software costs.

      During 2002, research and development expenses under our collaboration with BASF were $7.2 million compared with $9.1 million for 2001, when gene screening services were performed at slightly higher than contractual levels. During the second quarter of 2002 we announced agreement with BASF to accelerate the completion of the existing three and a half year collaboration by six months, to approximately January 31, 2003 resulting in significant cost savings for both parties.

      Research and development expense during 2002 for our alfimeprase Phase I clinical studies were $3.7 million following in-licensing of the drug candidate from Amgen Inc. in the first quarter of the year, including $1.3 million for outside consultants and subcontracted clinical trial costs.

      Our general and administrative expenses increased $4.7 million to $18.1 million in 2002 compared to $13.5 million in 2001. This increase was primarily due to $6.1 million in expenses incurred in connection with our early lease termination with an option to buy the underlying real properties as part of our ongoing strategy to manage our long-term costs. Termination of this lease resulted in a reduction of future rental commitments under operating leases of approximately $33.0 million, with an average reduction of $3.7 million per year. Excluding this early lease termination expense, general and administrative costs decreased $1.5 million from the previous year, due in part to lower legal expenses from bringing outside patent work in-house.

      We expect operating expenses to decrease during 2003 as we plan to maintain headcount, capital spending and other cost controls while moving forward with a strategy focused on the discovery and development of novel biotherapeutics. As part of this plan, we will dedicate our resources to advancing our most promising biopharmaceutical discovery and development programs, including alfimeprase, our novel acting thrombolytic currently poised to enter Phase II trials in the first half of 2003. We will leverage our proprietary gene database and opportunistic in-licensing strategy to build a pipeline of attractive therapeutic candidates that complement our ongoing development programs. We also intend to out-license or partner our immunotherapeutics portfolio and monetize all non-core assets including Callida’s microarray and Nuvelo’s pharmacogenomic technology and molecular diagnostic programs to further support our biopharmaceutical development programs.

37


Table of Contents

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

      Our total operating expenses, consisting of research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses, increased by $22.5 million to $60.8 million for 2001 compared to $38.3 million for 2000.

      For 2001, our research and development expenses increased by $17.5 million to $46.5 million compared to $29.0 million for 2000. This increase was primarily due to our biopharmaceutical research and development efforts, and includes a $3.3 million increase in costs associated with the addition of scientific personnel, $4.5 million increase in outside contract research services, and a $1.1 million write-off of certain capitalized software development costs. Due to the acquisition of additional facilities for research and development, rent expense in 2001 increased $5.4 million and depreciation expense of leasehold improvements increased $1.1 million.

      Research and development expenses under our collaboration with BASF were $9.1 million for 2001, compared with $7.6 million for 2000 while our gene processing services were ramping up in the early part of that year.

      Our general and administrative expenses increased $4.1 million to $13.5 million in 2001 compared to $9.3 million in 2000. The increase in general and administrative expenses during 2001 included $3.4 million increase in personnel expense in connection with the compensation, recruiting, and relocation of an experienced and accomplished senior management team.

Interest Income and Expense, Net

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

      Our net interest expense increased by $0.6 million to $1.2 million for 2002 compared to $0.6 million for 2001. The increase in interest expense resulted from additional financing activities from the line of credit from our Chairman and loan from Affymetrix, and from lower interest income based on lower average cash and investment balances and interest rates

  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

      Our interest income and expense, net decreased by $1.1 million to $0.6 million interest expense for 2001 compared to $0.5 million interest income for 2000. This decrease in interest income resulted from lower average cash and investment balances and lower interest rates.

Net Loss

      Since our inception, we have incurred net losses, and as of December 31, 2002, we had an accumulated deficit of $153.4 million. During 2002, we incurred a net loss of $45.0 million as compared to a $36.5 million net loss in 2001 and a net loss of $22.3 million in 2000. We expect to continue to incur significant net losses, which may increase substantially as we pursue research and development of our therapeutic protein candidates and other operations, and prosecute and enforce our intellectual property rights.

      Net losses incurred during 2002 by Nuvelo Inc. were $39.4 million compared with $36.5 million for 2001. Net losses incurred during 2002 by Callida were $5.6 million, prior to which time Callida did not exist as a separate reportable business segment.

Loss Attributable To Minority Interest

      Loss attributable to minority interest of $0.1 million is recorded for the portion of our subsidiary Callida’s losses attributable to minority stockholder Affymetrix. During 2002, Callida’s losses attributable to minority interest depleted Affymetrix’ initial minority interest investment. Beyond that point, we have absorbed and will continue to absorb 100% of Callida’s net losses, until Callida generates net income.

38


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Our primary source of liquidity is cash from financing activities and from collaboration receipts. We generated cash of $22.7 million and $44.3 million from financing activities, and cash of $23.5 million and $22.0 million from collaboration receipts in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Dr. Rathmann has been an important source of liquidity for us in the past. In March 2001 we completely drew down a $20.0 million line of credit he provided us and repaid it with shares of common stock. In August 2001, Dr. Rathmann provided us with a second $20.0 million line of credit. In February 2002 we drew down $4.0 million from this line of credit. In October 2002, we drew down $2.0 million to meet our normal operational obligations, and in November 2002, we drew down an additional $4.0 million in connection with the Humboldt Court lease termination and purchase option.

      Dr. Rathmann guaranteed to a certain maximum amount and provided the collateral for our $4.0 million letter of credit under our 985 Almanor lease, and our $0.3 million letter of credit under our Humboldt Court purchase option.

      Cash generated by financing activities in 2002 by Nuvelo Inc. was $22.7 million compared with $36.3 million for 2001. Cash generated by financing activities in 2002 by Callida was zero, compared with $8.0 million received at the end of 2001 in connection with the creation of the Callida Genomics entity with our minority partner Affymetrix.

      Collaboration receipts in 2002 by Nuvelo Inc. were $22.2 million compared with $22.0 million for 2001. Collaboration receipts in 2002 by Callida Genomics were $1.3 million, prior to which time Callida did not exist as a separate reportable business segment. Our collaboration receipts are expected to decline significantly in 2003 due to the termination of our BASF collaboration.

      Our primary use of capital resources has been to fund operating activities and to acquire capital equipment and make leasehold improvements. We used cash of $31.3 million and $21.5 million for operating activities, and cash of $2.1 million and $12.6 million to acquire capital equipment and make leasehold improvements in 2002 and 2001, respectively. We expect operating expenses and capital expenditures to decrease during 2003 as we continue to balance cost cutting measures with financing, licensing, or collaboration receipts to ensure our available cash will continue to fund our operating activities through 2004. Not achieving this goal could significantly harm our results of operations, which may require us to delay and scale back one or more of our research or development programs, or relinquish greater rights to products at an earlier stage of development on less favorable terms than we would otherwise seek to obtain, which could materially adversely affect our long term business, our financial condition, and our operating results.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Cash on Deposit, and Short-Term Investments

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. As of December 31, 2002, we had $2.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. These amounts reflect a net decrease of $10.1 million from the $12.3 million in cash and cash equivalents we had as of December 31, 2001. This decrease resulted primarily from cash used by operations of $31.3 million and capital spending of $2.1 million offset by cash provided from the $10.0 million draw down of the second of our two lines of credit from our Chairman and $14.3 million received from our April 2002 private stock offering net of offering expenses.

Sources of Capital and Uses of Capital

      All of our investments in marketable securities have had maturities of less than one year, have been considered available-for-sale, and as such have been classified as short-term investments. We have held our cash equivalents and investments in investment-grade commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit and other interest-bearing securities. We make our investments in accordance with our investment policy. The primary objectives of our investment policy are liquidity, safety of principal and diversity of investments. At December 31, 2002, we did not hold any marketable securities.

39


Table of Contents

      We expect research and development costs for our alfimeprase clinical studies to increase, as Phase II clinical studies begin in the first half of the year, including adding a second indication for catheter occlusion. We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in 2004 and beyond if we proceed beyond Phase II clinical trials. It is not unusual for the clinical development of these types of products to take in excess of 5 years and to cost well in excess of $100 million. The time and cost of completing the clinical development of any product candidate will depend on a number of factors, including the disease or medical condition to be treated, clinical trial design and endpoints, availability of patients to participate in trials and the relative efficacy of the product versus treatments already approved. Due to these uncertainties, the Company is unable to estimate the length of time or the costs that will be required to complete the development of this product candidate.

      On October 25, 2002, we terminated our eleven-year lease of buildings at 225, 249 and 257 Humboldt Court, Sunnyvale, California (originally entered into June 23, 2000) and received a six-month option to purchase these properties for a purchase price of $15.3 million. Under our agreements with our landlord the lease was terminated retroactively, effective as of October 1, 2002. We paid a lease termination fee of $5.4 million (of which $3.1 million was already held by the landlord for prepaid rent and a security deposit). Also, we paid approximately $4.5 million for an option to purchase the building, which is creditable against the purchase price of the building if the option is ultimately exercised (of which $1.7 million was cash, $2.6 million was in the form of a six-month interest free promissory note guaranteed by our Chairman, Dr. George B. Rathmann (the “Option Note”), and approximately $200,000 was in the form of warrants that we granted to the landlord). Also, we are paying additional option consideration of $95,000 per month commencing November 1, 2002 and ending when we exercise the option or April 30, 2003, whichever occurs first. We paid the entire lease termination and option fees on November 1, 2002. As of March 14, 2003 we have not decided whether we will exercise the purchase option.

      Termination of the original lease will result in a reduction of future rental commitments under operating leases of approximately $33 million, with an average reduction of $3.7 million per year. If we decide to exercise of our option to purchase the properties, the option fee of approximately $4.5 million will be applied towards the $15.3 million purchase price of the properties. The remaining $10.8 million of the purchase price will be financed for five years by the landlord at an annual interest rate of 8.5% and is secured only by the properties (the “Purchase Note”). At the time of purchase, the $2.6 million Option Note will convert into a five-year note on the same terms as the Purchase Note. We will make monthly payments on the Notes in the amount of $107,901 collectively for five years, at which time the remaining principal balance will be due to the landlord. Upon exercise of the purchase option the guarantee of the Option Note by our Chairman will terminate and we will put in place a $2.6 million letter of credit. If we choose not to exercise this purchase option or we fail to pay any installment of the additional option consideration, the $2.6 million Option Note will become due and payable immediately. The purchase option will be terminated and we will recognize a lease termination expense for the $2.6 million Option Note.

      In August 2002 we amended our lease on the property at 985 Almanor Ave. The amendment provides for a rent deferral of approximately $4.9 million over the next three years, retroactive to June 1, 2002. The deferred rent liability will be forgiven if we complete our planned building improvements, which are budgeted for at least $9.8 million, by May 31, 2005. Otherwise we will be required to repay the deferred rent liability, plus interest, over a four-year period beginning June 1, 2005 in equal monthly installments of $0.1 million. Other terms of the amendment include extending the term of our existing $4 million letter of credit until the end of the lease term, and early reinstatement of the original rental rates if we raise $75 million in cash as a result of a single public or private offering, with the amount of rent deferred up to that date coming due immediately. In addition, Dr. Rathmann agreed to continue his existing $1.5 million guarantee of our obligations under the lease for three years.

      Until we complete the building improvements, we will record a deferred rent liability recalculated on a straight-line basis for the remainder of the lease term beginning on the amendment date of June 1, 2002, including the additional rent payments of $0.1 million in the calculation. If we complete the building improvements and receive the rental credits, we will again recalculate on a straight-line basis the rental payments over the remaining term of the lease, including the rental credits.

40


Table of Contents

      On August 6, 2001, we entered into a line of credit agreement with our Chairman. Under the agreement, we may draw down up to $20.0 million at any time through August 5, 2003. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at a rate equal to one percent (1%) above the prime rate, and will be payable in 48 equal monthly installments beginning August 5, 2003. Upon Dr. Rathmann’s agreement, we may at any time repay the outstanding amounts with shares of our common stock (up to a maximum of $20.0 million) at a price based upon the 20-day trailing average price of our common stock, or, if in connection with an equity financing, at the offering price. Under certain specified conditions, including (1) a change in control (based on a 50% ownership test), (2) insolvency or bankruptcy, or (3) a material adverse effect on our business, properties, assets or condition, we may not be able to borrow any further amounts under the line of credit. Repayment of all outstanding amounts may be accelerated upon the occurrence of:

  •  our failure to make payments within five business days of the date due;
 
  •  the breach by us of a representation or warranty made to Dr. Rathmann;
 
  •  the uncured breach by us of an obligation under the credit agreement;
 
  •  a material default by us under any other agreement with Dr. Rathmann; and
 
  •  customary defaults related to our bankruptcy or insolvency.

      As of March 14, 2003, $9.0 million was available under this line of credit.

      In April 2002, we completed a private placement of approximately 3.58 million newly issued shares of common stock at $4.20 per share, together with warrants to purchase approximately 0.89 million shares of common stock, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $14.3 million net of offering expenses. The warrants are exercisable at any time through and including April 5, 2007 at $5.67 per share, a 35 percent premium to the per unit purchase price on the closing date. We may seek to raise funds through additional private placements in the future but cannot guarantee that we will be successful.

      We have $1.1 million in restricted cash on deposit as security for a $2.0 million letter of credit in conjunction with the 675 Almanor lease. Provided that no event of default under the lease occurs, the letter of credit and the cash collateralizing it will be reduced by $0.5 million per year in July 2003 and July 2004. The cash on deposit at any time in conjunction with this letter of credit is restricted and cannot be withdrawn. We control the investment of the cash and receive the interest earned thereon.

      As of December 31, 2002, our contractual payment obligations consist principally of the following:

  •  lease payments as described in Item 2 “Properties” above and in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 5 “Capital Lease and Loan Obligations,” and Note 6, “Commitments and Contingencies;”
 
  •  the loan repayment to Affymetrix and our contingent obligation to provide future funding to Callida described in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Note 7, “Collaborative Agreements;” and
 
  •  collaboration payments.

      Under the terms of our collaboration agreement with Deltagen, we will be obligated to pay up to a maximum of $9.5 million over the next year to fund the research work under the agreement. As of December 31, 2002, the outstanding line of credit obligation to our Chairman was $10.0 million, to be repaid over 48 months beginning August 5, 2003. An additional $1.0 million draw down occurred in January 2003, and as of March 14, 2003, $9.0 million was available under this line of credit.

      Our liquidity and capital resources improved significantly as a result of our merger with Variagenics on January 31, 2003. Our cash balance as of January 31, 2003 was approximately $53.2 million.

41


Table of Contents

Cash Used in Operating Activities

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The amount of net cash used in operating activities increased by $9.8 million to $31.3 million in 2002 from $21.5 million in 2001. This increase in cash used for operations was due primarily to increased research and development expenses related to our pharmaceutical product candidates, and the payout in 2002 of bonuses, licenses, and other payables accrued at the end of 2001.

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. The amount of net cash used in operating activities increased by $1.2 million to $21.5 million in 2001 from $20.3 million in 2000. This increase in cash used for operations in 2001 compared to 2000 was due primarily to increased research and development expenses related to our pharmaceutical product candidates, and the addition of new leased facilities for laboratory expansion, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities including a $2.5 million accrual for major contract services and for $3.2 million deferred revenues related to the Affymetrix collaboration.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

      Our investing activities, other than purchases and sales of short-term investments, have consisted primarily of capital expenditures.

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $11.5 million to $1.6 million, compared to $13.1 million used in 2001. Capital expenditures decreased by $10.5 million to $2.1 million in 2002 due to cost controls including a freeze on capital spending, compared with $12.6 million expenditures in 2001, principally on leasehold improvements.

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $21.2 million to $13.1 million used in 2001 by investing activities, compared to $8.1 million provided in 2000 by investing activities. The decrease was primarily due to no new net redemptions of investments in 2001, compared with $17.0 million net redemptions of short-term investments in 2000. Capital expenditures increased by $4.3 million to $12.6 million in 2001, primarily due to leasehold improvements, compared with $8.3 million in 2000.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to $22.8 million in 2002 compared to $44.3 million in 2001. The decrease was primarily due to $10.0 million draw down on our line of credit from the Chairman of our Board of Directors in 2002, compared with $20.0 million draw down of the Chairman’s previous line of credit in 2001. As of December 31, 2002, $10.0 million remained available to us under our Chairman’s line of credit.

      In addition, we received net proceeds of $14.3 million in a private stock placement in April 2002, compared with $20.7 million received in private stock placement in 2001. In 2001, we received a $4.0 loan from Affymetrix as part of the Callida collaboration.

      As of December 31, 2002, minority interest was zero, compared to $0.1 million in 2001.

      Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. Net cash provided by financing activities increased to $44.3 million in 2001 compared to $1.3 million in 2000. The increase was primarily due to the draw down of the first of two $20.0 million lines of credit from the Chairman of our Board of Directors, the completion of a private stock placement from which we received net proceeds of $20.7 million, and a $4.0 loan from Affymetrix as part of the Callida collaboration. The increase was partially offset by payments on existing capital lease and loan obligations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 requires recording costs associated with exit or disposal activities at their fair values when a liability has been incurred. Under previous guidance, certain exit costs were accrued upon

42


Table of Contents

management’s commitment to an exit plan, which is generally before an actual liability is incurred. Adoption of this statement is required for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 146 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. We have adopted the disclosure provision of SFAS No. 148 effective December 31, 2002. Implementation of SFAS 148 is not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.

 
Item 7A. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Rate Risk

      We have exposure to changes in interest rates in our cash equivalents, which are held primarily in money market accounts which earn interest at variable rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place our investments with high quality issuers and, by policy, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. We are averse to principal loss and ensure the safety and preservation of our invested funds by limiting default, market and reinvestment risk. The recorded carrying amounts of our cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.

      We also have exposure to changes in interest rates in our line of credit with our Chairman, which bears interest at the prime rate plus one percentage point. Our interest rate exposure is mitigated by our ability to repay amounts outstanding under the line of credit with our common stock.

      Changes in interest rates do not affect interest income on our restricted cash as it is maintained in commercial paper with fixed rates and original maturities of less than 90 days.

      Changes in interest rates do not affect interest expense on our lease obligations as they bear fixed rates of interest.

      Changes in interest rates do not affect our note payable as it bears fixed rate of interest.

      The table below presents the amounts and related interest rates of our cash equivalents, restricted cash, lease obligations, line of credit, and note payable at December 31, 2002 and 2001:

                                 
2002 2002 2001 2001
Average Carrying Average Carrying
Rate Amount Rate Amount




(In thousands) (In thousands)
Cash equivalents
    0.88 %   $ 2,225       3.17 %   $ 12,329  
Restricted cash
    2.17 %   $ 1,106       4.52 %   $ 1,606  
Lease obligation
    11.81 %   $ 2,243       11.60 %   $ 4,734  
Line of credit
    5.68 %   $ 10,000       N/A %   $  
Note payable
    7.50 %   $ 4,000       7.50 %   $ 4,000  

43


Table of Contents

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      Nuvelo, Inc.’s financial statements and notes thereto appear on pages 43 to 64 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         
Page

Independent Auditors’ Report
    45  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.
    46  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.
    47  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
    48  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.
    49  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    50  

44


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nuvelo, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nuvelo, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly Hyseq, Inc.) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nuvelo, Inc. and subsidiaries as December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

  /s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

February 5, 2003

45


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
At December 31,

2002 2001


(In thousands, except share
information)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,225     $ 12,329  
Accounts receivable
    632       53  
Prepaid rent
          1,890  
Contract revenue receivable
    1,919       1,037  
Other current assets
    1,106       992  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    5,882       16,301  
Restricted cash
    1,106       1,606  
Equipment, leasehold improvements and capitalized software, net
    15,142       18,988  
Purchase option deposit
    2,800        
Patents, licenses and other assets, net
    2,142       3,009  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 27,072     $ 39,904  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accounts payable
  $ 2,235     $ 3,210  
Accrued professional fees, other
    1,240       928  
Accrued bonus
          1,833  
Accrued license fee
    1,775       2,500  
Line of credit
    10,000        
Note payable
    2,600        
Accrued restructuring costs
    1,600       28  
Deferred rent
    3,838       1,608  
Deferred revenue
    525       3,702  
Current portion of capital lease and loan obligations
    1,216       2,506  
Other current liabilities
    1,581       1,703  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    26,610       18,018  
Noncurrent portion of capital lease and loan obligations
    1,026       2,228  
Other noncurrent liabilities
          125  
Note Payable
    4,000       4,000  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    31,636       24,371  
     
     
 
Minority interest
          112  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6) Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, par value $0.001; 8,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and 2001
           
 
Common stock, par value $0.001; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 23,100,657 and 19,307,735 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively
    23       19  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    148,791       123,849  
 
Deferred stock compensation
    (6 )     (53 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (153,372 )     (108,394 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (4,564 )     15,421  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 27,072     $ 39,904  
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

46


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands, except per share data)
Contract revenues
  $ 26,433     $ 24,590     $ 15,604  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    50,157       46,506       29,018  
 
General and administrative
    18,144       13,452       9,315  
 
Restructuring
    2,067       825        
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    70,368       60,783       38,333  
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (43,935 )     (36,193 )     (22,729 )
Interest income
    87       319       1,347  
Interest expense
    (1,242 )     (891 )     (871 )
     
     
     
 
Loss before minority interest
    (45,090 )     (36,765 )     (22,253 )
Loss attributable to minority interest
    112       293        
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (44,978 )   $ (36,472 )   $ (22,253 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (2.08 )   $ (2.26 )   $ (1.65 )
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    21,661       16,158       13,449  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

47


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
                                                                   
Notes Accumulated
Common Stock Additional Receivable Other Total

Paid-in from Deferred Comprehensive Accumulated Stockholders’
Shares Amount Capital Stockholders Compensation Loss Deficit Equity (Deficit)








(In thousands, except share data)
Balance at December 31, 1999
    13,083     $ 13     $ 82,450     $ (3,503 )   $ (37 )   $ (32 )   $ (49,669 )   $ 29,222  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    560       1       1,481                               1,482  
Issuance of common stock upon cash exercise of warrants
    1             6                               6  
Issuance of common stock upon cashless exercise of warrants
    149                                            
Compensation expense related to SAB option grants
                157                               157  
Notes receivable from stockholders repaid by surrendering shares of stock
    (71)             (3,816 )     3,503                         (313 )
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            29                   29  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                               
 
Net loss
                                        (22,253 )     (22,253 )
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                  32             32  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive loss
                                                            (22,221 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
    13,722     $ 14     $ 80,278     $     $ (8 )   $     $ (71,922 )   $ 8,362  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    140             848                               848  
Compensation expense related to vesting acceleration
                30                               30  
Issuance of common stock upon cash exercise of warrants
    167             574                               574  
Issuance of common stock through PIPE in August, 2001, net of issuance cost of $548
    3,040       3       20,734                               20,737  
Conversion of line of credit into common stock
    2,238       2       19,998                               20,000  
Gain on sale of 10% interest in Callida
                1,308                               1,308  
Deferred compensation related to SAB option grants
                79             (79 )                  
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            34                   34  
 
Net loss
                                                    (36,472 )     (36,472 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001.
    19,307     $ 19     $ 123,849     $     $ (53 )   $     $ (108,394 )   $ 15,421  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    218             511                               511  
Warrants issued
                10,200                               10,200  
Issuance of common stock through PIPE in April, 2002, net of issuance cost of $751
    3,576       4       14,263                               14,267  
Compensation expense adjustment related to stock option grants
                (32 )           32                    
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            15                   15  
 
Net loss
                                                    (44,978 )     (44,978 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002.
    23,101     $ 23     $ 148,791     $     $ (6 )   $     $ (153,372 )   $ (4,564 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

48


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Net loss
  $ (44,978 )   $ (36,472 )   $ (22,253 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used 
    in operatin       g activities       :  
   
Depreciation and amortization
    6,247       5,070       3,095  
   
Loss attributable to minority interest
    (112 )     (293 )      
   
Stock compensation expense
          30       157  
   
Amortization of deferred stock compensation
    15       34       29  
   
Non-cash change in deferred revenue
    (25,054 )     (24,195 )     (11,954 )
   
Non-cash research and development expense
    10,000              
   
Loss on disposal of assets
    36             578  
   
Loss on impairment of capitalized software
          1,087        
   
Other non-cash items
          238        
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
     
Accounts receivable
    (579 )     (31 )     1,228  
     
Prepaid rent
          334       (2,107 )
     
Contract revenue
          (1,037 )      
     
Other current assets
    1,095       (310 )     17  
     
Other non-current assets
    (2,800 )            
     
Deferred revenue
    21,877       26,099       10,666  
     
Accounts payable
    (975 )     1,231       506  
     
Accrued professional fees
    312       95       (945 )
     
Accrued bonus
    (1,833 )     1,833       (145 )
     
Accrued license fee
    (725 )     2,500        
     
Deferred rent
    2,230       1,377       84  
     
Other current liabilities
    4,050       747       696  
     
Other non-current liabilities
    (125 )     125        
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in operating activities
    (31,319 )     (21,538 )     (20,348 )
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    (2,063 )     (12,582 )     (8,269 )
 
Purchases of short-term investments
                (57,101 )
 
Maturities of short-term investments
                74,095  
 
Intangible and other assets
    411       (542 )     (639 )
 
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
    62             9  
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (1,590 )     (13,124 )     8,095  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Proceeds from financing arrangements and loans
          4,000       2,073  
 
Proceeds from release of cash on deposit
    500       500        
 
Payment on capital lease and loan obligations
    (2,491 )     (2,367 )     (2,283 )
 
Proceeds from line of credit
    10,000       20,000        
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock (PIPE), net of issuance costs
    14,263       20,737        
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options, warrants and Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    533       1,422       1,487  
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    22,805       44,292       1,277  
     
     
     
 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash
    (10,104 )     9,630       (10,976 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    12,329       2,699       13,675  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 2,225     $ 12,329     $ 2,699  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
 
Interest paid
  $ 691     $ 739     $ 868  
     
     
     
 
 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                       
   
Cashless exercise of stock options
  $     $     $ 687  
     
     
     
 
   
Cashless exercise of warrants
  $ 6     $     $ 745  
     
     
     
 
   
Sale of interest in subsidiary in exchange for intellectual property
  $     $ 1,713     $  
     
     
     
 
   
Conversion of line of credit to common stock
  $     $ 20,000     $  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

49


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Organization

      The Company was established in August 1992 as an Illinois corporation and subsequently reincorporated as a Nevada corporation on November 12, 1993. On October 24, 2001 the Company began doing business as Hyseq Pharmaceuticals, Inc. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Hyseq Diagnostics, Inc. is inactive. The Company’s prior wholly owned subsidiary, GeneSolutions Inc. was merged into the Company on January 8, 2002. The Company’s majority-owned subsidiary, Callida Genomics, Inc., was formed to carry out the Company’s business relating to sequencing-by-hybridization (SBH) technology. Callida Genomics’ wholly owned subsidiary, N-Mer, Inc., was formed to collaborate with Affymetrix, Inc (See Notes 7 and 13). The Company changed its name to Nuvelo, Inc. on January 31, 2003 upon the closing of a merger with Variagenics, Inc.

      The Company is engaged in research and development of novel biopharmaceutical protein-based products for the treatment of human disease from its collection of proprietary genes discovered using its high-throughput signature-by-hybridization platform and from genes licensed-in from partners. It is researching several product candidates to treat a variety of serious diseases and medical conditions. These product candidates target several markets, including cardiovascular disease and oncology. The Company intends to develop and commercialize these types of product candidates on its own or in collaboration with other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies

      The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Certain prior period items have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Future results may differ from these estimates.

  Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nuvelo, Inc. and Callida Genomics, its majority owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Upon consolidation, 10% of the losses in Callida were allocated to the minority interest holder Affymetrix, up to the point where Affymetrix’s initial investment was depleted, which occurred in the first quarter of 2002. Beyond that point, the Company has absorbed and will continue to absorb 100% of the net losses until Callida generates net income, after which time 10% of Callida’s net income would be allocated to Affymetrix.

  Liquidity

      The Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash from financing activities and from collaboration agreements. The Company generated cash of $22.7 million and $44.3 million from financing activities, and cash of $23.5 million and $22.0 million from collaboration receipts in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      The Company’s primary use of capital resources has been to fund operating activities and to acquire capital equipment and make leasehold improvements. The Company used cash of $31.3 million and $21.5 million for operating activities, and cash of $2.1 million and $12.6 million to acquire capital equipment and make leasehold improvements in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Subsequent to the merger with Variagenics, as described in Note 13, as of January 31, 2003, the Company’s cash balance was approximately $53.2 million.

50


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market accounts, commercial paper and certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less. This is consistent with the Company’s policy to maintain high liquidity and ensure safety of principal.

  Equipment, Leasehold Improvements, and Capitalized Software

      Equipment, leasehold improvements, and capitalized software are recorded at cost. Equipment under capital leases is recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments required over the term of the lease or the fair value of the assets at the inception of the lease. Additions, renewals and betterments that significantly extend the life of an asset are capitalized. Minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Equipment is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three to five years, using the straight-line method. Equipment under capital leases is amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the terms of the lease, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated life or the term of the lease, using the straight-line method. Capitalized software is amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or two years, using the straight-line method. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.

  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

      Periodically, management determines whether any property and equipment or any other assets have been impaired based on the criteria established in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”).

      SFAS No. 144 requires, among other things, that long-lived assets to be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. Intangibles with determinable lives and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on historical and projected future operating results, changes in the manner of its use of the acquired assets or its overall business strategy, and market and economic trends. In the future, events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that certain intangibles with determinable lives and other long-lived assets are impaired which may result in an adverse impact on its financial condition and results of operations.

  Revenue Recognition

      Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues related to collaborative research agreements and government grants are generally recognized over the related funding periods for each contract as the services are performed. Nonrefundable up-front payments received in connection with collaborative research agreements where the Company has no continuing performance obligation are recognized when receivable and collectibility is reasonably assured. When a continuing performance obligation exists, these revenues are deferred and recognized over the relevant periods of service, generally the research term.

51


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Revenues from collaborative agreements representing 10% or more of total revenue are as follows:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Source:
                       
 
BASF Plant Sciences GmbH
    83 %     91 %     75 %
 
Affymetrix
    10 %     *       *  
 
Chiron Corporation
    *       *       21 %

* less than 10%

  Stock-Based Compensation

      In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS No. 123), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” as amended by SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure,” the Company has elected to account for stock-based compensation to employees under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related interpretations, and to adopt the “disclosure only” alternative described in SFAS No. 123 as amended by SFAS No. 148. Stock options granted to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments that Are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services.”

      The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands, except for per share information):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Net loss as reported
  $ (44,972 )   $ (36,472 )   $ (22,253 )
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expenses determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (7,940 )     (16,898 )     (23,952 )
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net loss
    (52,918 )     (53,370 )     (46,205 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share as reported
    (2.08 )     (2.26 )     (1.65 )
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
    (2.44 )     (3.30 )     (3.44 )
 
Research and Development

      Research and development costs are expensed to operations as incurred and include costs related to the Company’s collaborations. Research costs related to collaborations were approximately $17.8 million, $13.0 million and $10.4 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 
Net Loss per Share

      Basic and diluted net loss per share are presented in conformity with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 (SFAS No. 128), “Earnings Per Share” for all periods presented. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

      In April 2002, the Company sold 3,575,690 shares of newly issued common stock upon completion of a private stock offering, of which 614,298 shares were sold to the Company’s directors and officers. These

52


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

614,298 shares were excluded from the computed weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding until August 6, 2002 upon shareholders’ approval.

      On November 29, 2002, the Company sold 64,803 shares of newly issued common stock to its employees under the existing Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 54,888 shares sold were in excess of what was allowable under the Plan. These 54,888 shares were excluded from the computed weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding as they were not approved by shareholders. Subsequently, on January 28, 2003, the shareholders’ approved increasing the maximum number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the current Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

      In 2002, 2001 and 2000, outstanding options and warrants of 10,016,640, 730,051, and 1,513,000 shares, respectively, (as determined using the treasury stock method) were not included in weighted average shares outstanding as they were antidilutive.

 
2. Equipment, Leasehold Improvements and Capitalized Software

      Equipment, leasehold improvements and capitalized software, net consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
December 31,

2002 2001


Machinery, equipment and furniture
  $ 10,290     $ 11,044  
Computers and capitalized software
    9,379       9,890  
Leasehold improvements
    13,341       13,006  
     
     
 
      33,010       33,940  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (17,868 )     (14,952 )
     
     
 
Equipment, leasehold improvements and capitalized software, net
  $ 15,142     $ 18,988  
     
     
 

      Depreciation expense totaled $5.8 million, $6.1 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Equipment and leasehold improvements at December 31, 2002 and 2001 include items under capital leases in the amount of $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, and related accumulated depreciation of $0.4 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. These leases are secured by the equipment leased there under.

 
3. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

      Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss consists entirely of unrealized gains and losses on securities. The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss was $0, $0 and $32,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. This change consisted entirely of unrealized losses on securities.

 
4. Patents, Licenses and Other Assets
 
Patents and Licenses

      Patent costs are incurred in connection with obtaining certain patents and filing of related patent applications. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the gross carrying amount was $2,182,761, of which $1,713,000 related to the Affymetrix Inc. patent licensed at the inception of Callida Genomics. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, accumulated amortization of patent costs was $748,322 and $92,439, of which $499,625 and $71,375 were related to Affymetrix’s patent, respectively.

      Patent and license amortization expense was $455,883, $99,008 and $27,633 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Patent amortization expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the patent’s estimated useful life which approximates 17 years, except the Affymetrix patent which

53


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

is estimated to have a useful life of 48 months. Annual amortization is estimated at $455,833 through 2005, and $27,633 per year thereafter.

 
Patent License Agreement

      In 1994, the Company entered into a patent license agreement with an affiliate of the University of Chicago for an exclusive license to use certain proprietary technology developed by the Company’s former Chief Scientific Officer and to develop, use, and sell licensed products or processes. The Company issued 15,244 shares of Series A preferred stock (which converted to common stock in connection with the Company’s initial public offering in 1997). The Company began paying minimum royalties of $25,000 per annum beginning in 1997 and increasing to $100,000 per annum in 1999, and will continue to pay minimum royalties at the rate of $100,000 per annum over the term of the agreement, which terminates upon the later to occur of (a) fifteen years after the date of the agreement or (b) the expiration of the last-to-expire patents of the licensed patent rights.

 
5. Capital Lease Obligations

      The Company has financed equipment purchases through capital lease agreements. The capital lease obligations are to be repaid over terms of 48 to 60 months at interest rates ranging from 9.69% to 13.95% and are secured by the related equipment.

      Future minimum payments under the capital lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):

         
Years Ending December 31:
       
2003
  $ 1,425  
2004
    882  
2005
    209  
2006
    11  
2007
    16  
     
 
Total loan payments
    2,543  
Less: Amount representing interest
    (301 )
     
 
Present value of future loan payments
    2,242  
Less: Current portion
    (1,216 )
     
 
Noncurrent portion
  $ 1,026  
     
 
 
6. Commitments and Contingencies
 
Operating Leases

      The Company leases three facilities under operating lease agreements, two that expire in June 2005, and one that expires in May 2011. The rent is being recognized as expense on a straight-line basis. Rent expense was approximately $9.9, $8.1 and 2.1 million for fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

54


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Minimum future rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

         
Minimum Rental
Commitments

Year Ended December 31,
       
2003
  $ 4,471  
2004
    5,517  
2005
    6,775  
2006
    7,260  
2007
    7,479  
2008 and thereafter
    23,739  
     
 
    $ 55,241  
     
 

      On October 25, 2002, the Company and its landlord entered into agreements to terminate the Company’s eleven-year lease of three buildings (originally entered into June 23, 2000) and to grant the Company a six-month option to purchase these properties for a purchase price of $15.3 million. These agreements provide that the Company’s lease was terminated retroactively, effective as of October 1, 2002. The Company paid a lease termination fee of $5.4 million (of which $3.1 million was already held by the landlord for prepaid rent and a security deposit). Also, the Company paid approximately $4.5 million for the option to purchase the building, which is creditable against the purchase price of the building if the option is ultimately exercised (of which $1.7 million was cash, $2.6 million was in the form of a six-month interest free promissory note guaranteed by Company’s Chairman, Dr. George B. Rathmann (the “Option Note”), and approximately $200,000 was in the form of warrants issued to the landlord). Also, the Company is paying additional consideration of $95,000 per month commencing November 1, 2002 and ending when the option is exercised by the Company or April 30, 2003, whichever occurs first. The Company paid the entire lease termination and option fees on November 1, 2002. If the Company chooses not to exercise this purchase option or fails to pay any installment of the additional option consideration, the $2.6 million Option Note will become due and payable immediately. The purchase option will be terminated and the Company will recognize a lease termination expense for the $2.6 million Option Note.

  Letters of Credit

      In accordance with the terms of a lease agreement signed in the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company was required to obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $2.0 million as partial security for the Company’s lease obligations. In connection with obtaining the letter of credit, the Company was required to place $2.1 million restricted cash on deposit with the Company’s primary bank as security for the letter of credit. The letter of credit and the cash collateralizing it was reduced by $0.5 million commencing in July 2001 and will be further reduced by $0.5 million each year thereafter to a certain minimum amount provided that no default under the lease occurs. The cash on deposit at any time in conjunction with this letter of credit is restricted and cannot be withdrawn. The Company controls the investment of the cash and receives interest earned thereon. The Company was also required to provide a letter of credit in the amount of $4.0 million as additional security for another lease which requirement terminates after 5 years if the Company has not been in monetary default under the lease.

 
7. Collaborative Agreements

  Amgen

      The Company is currently focusing on the development of alfimeprase, an early stage clinical product candidate that it began developing in collaboration with Amgen, Inc. in January 2002. Under the terms of the

55


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

collaboration agreement with Amgen, the Company will lead development and be responsible for all clinical development activities, while Amgen will be responsible for manufacturing activities. Amgen will have the option to lead commercialization efforts in which both companies may participate. The Company will fund all development costs up to an agreed amount, after which costs as well as eventual profits will be shared equally. The Company can terminate the agreement at any time with notice. For a limited time period, Amgen may opt out of the collaboration by converting it to an exclusive licensing arrangement. Amgen also has the right to terminate the agreement if we do not begin human clinical trials within a certain time period upon our uncured material breach or material default, or upon a materially adverse clinical development, or upon our bankruptcy. In January of 2002, the Company recorded a $10.0 million non-cash charge as research and development expense for the fair value of warrants granted to Amgen under the terms of the collaboration, as determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. No cash has changed hands to date under the agreement.

  Deltagen

      In October 2001, the Company entered into a collaboration with Deltagen, Inc. to undertake research and development activities on approximately 200 novel secreted protein genes. The Company will provide gene sequences encoding for the secreted proteins, and Deltagen will utilize its in vivo mammalian gene knockout technology to identify and validate potential commercially relevant biopharmaceutical drug targets. Deltagen and the Company will each have certain joint development and commercialization rights around potential biopharmaceutical drug targets discovered through the collaboration. Deltagen and the Company will share the collaboration’s costs. The Company will provide Deltagen with up to $10.0 million in research and development payments for approximately 200 project genes over the two years ending October 2003, with up to $2.0 million additional funding if the number of project genes increases to a maximum of 240. As of December 31, 2002, the Company has paid Deltagen $2.5 million in research and development payments under our agreement, and has accrued an additional $1.8 million for the second of four milestone payments to be completed by October 2003.

  Kirin

      In October 1998, the Company entered into a collaboration with Kirin Brewery Co. Ltd., in which the Company used its proprietary gene discovery technologies to target novel genes relating to a specific growth factor activity from certain cell lines provided by Kirin. The Company retains exclusive rights to develop and market pharmaceutical products resulting from the collaboration in North America, subject to milestone and royalty payments to Kirin. Kirin retains equivalent rights and obligations in Asia and Oceania. The Company and Kirin share such rights equally in Europe and the rest of the world. Under the terms of the agreement, Kirin paid the Company $3.0 million for the initial phase of the collaboration. Total revenue recognized in 2000 under the agreement was $0.3 million. The agreement was extended once and expired March 31, 2001. Our research and gene sequencing obligations under this collaboration are complete.

      In August 2001, the Company entered into a collaboration with Kirin Brewery Co. Ltd., in which Kirin will fund three years of collaborative research work, and both companies will conduct research directed toward discovering proteins and antibodies for a variety of diseases, including hematopoietic and inflammatory diseases. Discoveries during the collaboration will be jointly owned by Kirin and the Company, and will be jointly developed and marketed with costs, efforts, and revenues shared by both companies. The Company will have marketing rights in North America on all products discovered and developed under the collaboration. Kirin will have marketing rights in Asia and Oceania. Marketing rights will be shared by both companies in the rest of the world. During 2002 the Company received $0.8 million in funding from Kirin for research work performed under the work plan mutually approved for the contract year February 2002 through January 2003.

56


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  BASF

      In December 1999, the Company entered into a collaboration with American Cyanamid Company in which the Company uses its signature-by-hybridization technology to target agricultural products. During 2000, BASF Aktiengesellschaft acquired the crop protection business of American Cyanamid Company and subsequently assigned our collaboration with American Cyanamid to BASF Plant Sciences GmbH (or BASF). The collaboration provided for funding of $60 million over its initial term of three and one half years. The collaboration can be extended by mutual agreement for up to four additional one-year terms. Total revenues recognized in 2002, 2001 and 2000 under the agreement were $21.9 million, $22.4 million and $11.7 million respectively. BASF has the exclusive right to commercialize any agricultural products resulting from the collaboration. Under the original agreement, the Company was to receive royalties on any such products.

      In May 2002 the collaboration was amended to accelerate completion of the Company’s gene discovery activities and BASF’s payment schedule, resulting in a cost savings to both parties. Future royalties due the Company under the agreement were eliminated. All activities under this collaboration were successfully completed in January 2003.

  Chiron

      In May 1997, the Company entered into a collaboration with Chiron Corporation. Pursuant to the terms of the collaboration agreement, the Company and Chiron are collaborating to develop solid tumor therapeutics, diagnostic molecules and vaccines. The collaboration had an initial term of three years and has been extended by Chiron for an additional two-year period. Chiron may extend the collaboration for one more two-year period. Chiron has the exclusive right to commercialize solid tumor therapeutics, diagnostic molecules and vaccines resulting from the collaboration. The Company will receive royalties on any such products. Concurrent with execution of the collaboration agreement in 1997, Chiron made an equity investment of $5.0 million in return for shares of the Company’s preferred stock, which subsequently converted into common stock upon the Company’s initial public offering in 1997. Chiron also purchased shares of common stock directly from the Company in a private placement concurrent with the Company’s initial public offering in 1997 for an aggregate purchase price of $2.5 million. Total revenue recognized in 2002, 2001 and 2000 under the agreement with Chiron was $0.5 million, $1.2 million and $3.3 million respectively, which the Company received as research funding payments and recognized as revenue as earned. The Company has no future performance obligations related to the revenue recognized in 2002, 2001 and 2000 and no portions of such revenues are refundable. In May of 2002, Chiron elected not to renew the agreement for an additional two-year period.

 
University of California, San Francisco (UCSF)

      In February 1998, the Company entered into a collaboration agreement with the University of California San Francisco to conduct research on genes that may have important roles in the development of cardiovascular and related diseases. Under the terms of the five-year agreement, the Company made quarterly payments of approximately $0.1 million to UCSF in connection with the agreement to reimburse UCSF for direct and indirect expenses incurred in clinical sample collection and for research conducted.

      In July 2002 the Company and UCSF amended the research agreement to allow either party to non-exclusively license the database collection to third parties for research purposes, with milestones and royalties to be shared equally by the Company and by UCSF. This amendment also provided that the Company’s payment obligations and UCSF’s sample collection obligations under the research agreement were considered concluded. At the same time in July 2002, the Company and UCSF licensed the database to Celera

57


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Diagnostics for use in the development of diagnostic products. The Company received a $0.5 million nonrefundable license fee from Celera Diagnostics in the third quarter of 2002, which it recognized as revenue.

 
Affymetrix

      In October 2001, the Company and Affymetrix Inc. resolved all outstanding litigation and entered into a collaboration to accelerate development and commercialization of a high speed universal DNA sequencing chip. This collaboration with Affymetrix is through a newly created venture, N-Mer, Inc., that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Callida, which in turn is a newly formed majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. N-Mer will have access to both SBH technology from the Company, through Callida, and to Affymetrix’ GeneChip technology, a platform for array-based experiments. Affymetrix will be the exclusive array and system supplier and is initially authorized to be the exclusive agent for the distribution of any potential N-Mer products.

      The Company contributed cash, certain assets consisting primarily of equipment, capitalized software, and SBH intellectual property to Callida upon its formation in exchange for a 90% interest in Callida, in the form of Series A convertible preferred stock (See Note 8). In exchange for a contribution of certain intellectual property (a non-exclusive license to 12 U.S. patents or patent applications and counterpart foreign applications in a limited field of use) to Callida, Affymetrix received a 10% equity interest in Callida, in the form of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock (See Note 8). The Company accounts for the Affymetrix 10% ownership share as minority interest in Callida in the statement of operations, up to the point where Affymetrix’ initial minority interest investment is depleted. Beyond that point, the Company will absorb 100% of the net losses until Callida generates net income.

      Affymetrix paid a total of $8.0 million in cash to the Company at the close of the settlement. The $8.0 million payment is comprised of two pieces. Affymetrix made a license payment of $4.0 million dollars in return for a non-exclusive license, without the right to grant sublicenses, under 11 U.S. patents and 30 U.S. patent applications and counterpart foreign patents and applications to make, use, sell, and import products in the non-universal array field. Universal arrays are DNA arrays designed without reference to specific gene sequences that can be used to sequence any gene. This license payment will be recognized as revenue as Callida utilizes its cash in conducting research and development efforts.

      Affymetrix also made a loan to the Company of $4.0 million (interest rate of 7.5%, 5 year term) for its cash investment in Callida. In lieu of cash repayment of this loan, The Company has the right, at any time, to exchange the note in whole or in part into such number of shares of its common stock (based on a price per share equal to 90% of the ten day trailing average price) equal to the aggregate amount of principal and interest to be exchanged.

      Callida capitalized the intellectual property contributed by Affymetrix at its fair value of $1.7 million, based on its estimate of future royalty payments on potential Callida and N-Mer products, and based upon its determination that the intellectual property contributed has a future alternative use. The intellectual property will be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of four years.

      Both the Company and Affymetrix committed to invest additional amounts in N-Mer, contingent on Callida achieving certain milestones. Affymetrix also has an option to purchase a majority interest of the outstanding common stock of N-Mer at a predetermined sum, exercisable at any time over the next five years. The Company believes that Affymetrix’s purchase option has no material fair value, until such point that research reaches a technical milestone and product feasibility is achieved, and has no accounting implications as of the date of inception of Callida or as of December 31, 2002. The Company will periodically evaluate the value of N-Mer to determine whether Affymetrix’s purchase option has value. If so, such value will be recorded through earnings and on the Company’s balance sheet.

58


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
8. Stockholders’ Equity
 
Preferred Stock

      The Company is authorized to issue 8,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Company’s Board of Directors may set the rights and privileges of any preferred stock issued.

      As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were no issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock. On June 5, 1998, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a rights plan and declared a dividend with respect to each share of common stock then outstanding. This dividend took the form of a right that entitles the holders to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of our Series B junior participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $175, subject to adjustment from time to time. These rights have also been issued in connection with each share of common stock issued after June 5, 1998. The rights are exercisable only if a person or entity or affiliated group of persons or entities acquires, or has announced its intention to acquire, 15% (27.5% in the case of certain approved stockholders) or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The adoption of the rights plan makes it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company without the approval of the Board of Directors.

 
Common Stock

      In April 2002, the Company announced the completion of a private stock placement of 3,575,691 newly issued shares of common stock at $4.20 per share to accredited investors. The Company also issued warrants to the investors to purchase approximately 893,927 shares of common stock at $5.67 per share, a 35% premium to the per unit purchase price.

 
Deferred Compensation

      The amortization of deferred compensation was $15,000, $34,000, and $29,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the deferred compensation balance was approximately $6,000.

 
Warrants

      As of December 31, 2002, warrants to purchase 4,100,970 shares of common stock were outstanding at exercise prices ranging from $2.68 to $8.29 ($7.33 weighted average exercise price) per share. These warrants are held by certain investors and executive officers and expire at various times between August 2006 and January 2009. Warrants are recorded at their estimated fair market value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 
Stock Option Plans

      In 1995, the Company’s stockholders adopted the 1995 Employee Stock Option Plan, (Employee Plan). The Company initially reserved a total of 1,152,000 common shares for issuance under the Employee Plan. In 1998 and 2001, the Company’s stockholders approved to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Employee Plan to 3,152,000. Options granted under the Employee Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of not less than fair market value and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees at exercise prices of not less than par value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Options vest as determined by the board of directors (generally in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the date of grant), and expire 10 years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2002, 1,776,222 options were outstanding under the Employee Plan.

      In 1997, the Company’s stockholders adopted the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, (Directors Plan), providing for periodic stock option grants to non-employee directors of the Company. Under the

59


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Directors Plan, each new, non-employee director receives a one-time grant of options to purchase 23,040 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 11,520 shares vest immediately, with the balance vesting in two equal allotments on the first and second anniversaries of joining the Board. All non-employee directors automatically receive options to purchase up to 5,760 shares each year (such that the amount received under the Directors Plan when added to all prior options granted to a director which vest in that year total 5,760) on the date of the annual meeting of the stockholders commencing in 1997. Options under the Directors Plan are granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. In 2000, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Directors Plan that changed the method for determining the number of shares granted under the plan, and lengthened the vesting date for the new director’s initial and first annual grants of options. Under the amendment, the number of shares that are granted will be equal to the lesser of the number determined by dividing $200,000 by the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, or 10,000 shares. The amendment also revised the vesting date for initial options that are granted when a new director joins our Board such that 50% of a new director’s option will vest one year after the grant date and the other 50% will vest two years after the grant date. A total of 438,240 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Directors Plan, of which options to purchase 207,155 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2002.

      In 1999, the Company adopted a Scientific Advisory Board/ Consultants Stock Option Plan that provides for periodic grants of non-qualified stock options to members of the Company’s scientific advisory board and allows the Board of Directors to approve grants of stock options to consultants. A total of 30,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Scientific Advisory Board/ Consultants Stock Option Plan, of which options to purchase 17,000 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2002.

      In August 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, (2002 Plan), to grant stock options or make restricted stock awards to employees (including officers or employee directors) and consultants. A total of 1,500,000 common shares for issuance have been reserved for issuance under the 2002 Plan. The 2002 Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and consultants. The 2002 Plan requires that the exercise price of options be not less than the fair value of the common shares at the grant date for those options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation and be not less than 110% of the fair value in the case of incentive stock options granted to a 10% Owner. Options generally vest over a four-year period and are exercisable in installments beginning one year after the grant date and expire after 10 years if not exercised. Upon the adoption of the 2002 Plan, the Company no longer makes awards under the 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Scientific Advisory Board/ Consultants Stock Option Plan. At December 31, 2002, 536,900 options were outstanding under the 2002 Plan.

      During 2002, the Company granted 15,000 stock options to consultants under the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan all of which become exercisable in August 2003. In connection with these grants, the Company recorded deferred compensation of $23,945 representing the fair value of the options granted in accordance with SFAS 123. This deferred compensation is periodically re-measured until the underlying options vest in accordance with EITF 96-18. The fair value of these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 3 years for the expected life of the option, 3.83% risk-free interest rate, and .9228 volatility rate. During 2002, the Company recorded $15,000 in amortization of deferred compensation related to grants to non-employees.

      The Company granted options to purchase common stock to several key employees, directors, scientific advisory board members and scientists prior to adoption of the Employee Plan. Each option gives the holder the right to purchase common stock at prices between $0.78 and $1.82 per share. In 1998, the Company granted options outside of any of the Company’s stock option plans to purchase a total of 9,500 shares of common stock to three non-employee directors and a scientific advisory board member at prices between $4.75 and $10.06 per share. The options vest over periods up to four years. In February 2000, an officer and

60


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

director of the Company was granted an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock at $31.69 per share, the closing price on the day prior to the grant, as an inducement to become an employee of the Company. This option becomes exercisable one-third upon the date of grant, one-third on the one-year anniversary and one third on the two-year anniversary of the date of grant. In 2001, the Company granted options outside of any of the Company’s stock option plans to purchase a total of 1,268,160 shares to five employee officers at prices between $9.96 and $12.56 per share as inducements to become employees of the company. In August 2001, a director of the Company was granted an option, contingent upon shareholder approval, to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock at $8.63 per share, the closing price on the day prior to the grant. As of December 31, 2002, 3,378,393 options issued outside of any of the Company’s stock option plans were outstanding.

      The Directors Plan, the Employee Plan, the 2002 Plan, and the options granted to an officer and director to purchase 2,000,000 shares (as described above) provide for the acceleration of vesting of options upon certain specified events.

      The Company values employee stock options using the intrinsic method of APB 25, rather than the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. Nevertheless, the Company is required for purposes of comparison to present net loss and loss per share on a pro forma basis as if the fair value method had been used. The fair value for employee stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Volatility
    0.93       0.87       0.92  
Risk-free interest rate
    3.56%       4.65%       5.84%  
Dividend yield
                 
Expected life of option
    5.3 years       5.3 years       5.3 years  

      The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

      A summary of the Company’s stock option activity, and related information follows:

                                                   
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Average Average Average
Number of Exercise Number of Exercise Number of Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price






Options outstanding at beginning of period
    5,624,341     $ 14.32       2,566,379     $ 20.10       1,779,324     $ 3.80  
 
Options granted
    2,102,910     $ 2.80       3,387,750     $ 10.25       1,500,275     $ 10.25  
 
Options exercised
    (49,991 )   $ 3.57       (71,860 )   $ 3.87       (562,722 )   $ 3.29  
 
Options canceled
    (1,772,140 )   $ 8.29       (257,928 )   $ 21.31       (150,498 )   $ 7.19  
     
             
             
         
Options outstanding at end of period
    5,905,120     $ 12.11       5,624,341     $ 14.32       2,566,379     $ 20.10  
     
             
             
         

61


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2002:

                                         
Options Outstanding

Weighted- Options Exercisable
Average Weighted-
Remaining Average Weighted-
Range of Number of Contractual Exercise Number of Average
Exercise Price Shares Life Price Shares Exercise Price






$ 0.87 — $  2.21
    1,360,180       9.52     $ 2.13       73,280     $ 1.93  
  2.44 —    8.07
    612,463       7.34       5.23       359,125       4.54  
  8.28 —    8.64
    1,026,430       8.54       8.63       359,763       8.61  
  8.67 —   10.44
    952,150       8.52       10.31       408,603       10.34  
 10.54 —   29.66
    908,947       8.07       14.27       464,758       15.55  
 31.69 —   31.69
    1,000,000       7.08       31.69       1,000,000       31.69  
 32.38 —  101.44
    44,950       7.53       46.51       33,700       46.35  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      5,905,120       8.31     $ 12.11       2,696,229     $ 18.37  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $2.31, $7.99 and $26.50, respectively.

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      The Company’s stockholders have approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, covering an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Each quarter, an eligible employee may elect to purchase shares of the Company’s stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair value of the stock as of the first business day of the quarter or the last business day. In the year ended December 31, 2002, 167,022 shares of the Company’s stock were sold under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a weighted-average price of $2.00 per share.

 
9. Income Taxes

      The Company had no current state income tax for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 34% to income taxes and the actual provision for income taxes as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



Income tax at statutory rate (34%)
  $ (15,329 )   $ (12,500 )   $ (7,566 )
State income taxes net of federal income tax benefit
    3                  
Net losses and temporary differences for which no current benefit is recognized
    16,643       12,580       11,322  
Permanent differences
    (1,317 )     (80 )     (3,756 )
     
     
     
 
Income tax expense
  $     $     $  
     
     
     
 

62


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets for federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

                     
Year Ended
December 31,

2002 2001


Deferred Tax Assets:
               
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 53,330     $ 37,970  
 
Research and other credits
    13,540       4,422  
 
Capitalized research expenses
    3,100       2,446  
 
Accrued expenses and reserves
    3,190       2,564  
 
Deferred revenue
    210       1,475  
 
Depreciation expense
    870       1,357  
     
     
 
   
Total deferred tax assets
    74,240       50,234  
 
Valuation allowance
    (74,240 )     (50,234 )
     
     
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
     
     
 

      Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance as management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The net valuation allowance increased by $24.0 million, $12.5 million and $15.7 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $151.9 million and $35.8 million, respectively. The Company also had federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.3 million and $6.5 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss and credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in the year 2008 through 2022, if not utilized. The State of California net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2003 through 2013, if not utilized.

      Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to an annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

      Approximately $12.3 million of the federal net operating losses and $6.6 million of the state net operating losses relate to deductions from stock based compensation. No income statement benefit will result from the realization of these losses.

 
10. Transactions with Related Parties

      As of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company had outstanding accounts payable balances of approximately $6,000, $3,000, and $45,000 respectively, for professional services rendered by a law firm of which the spouse of the Company’s former President and Chief Executive Officer was a member. The Company incurred legal fees and costs to this law firm of approximately $21,000, $57,000, and $400,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

      In August 2001, the Company received a commitment from its Chairman to provide a line of credit of up to $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount, available for draw down through August 5, 2003. Amounts outstanding under the line of credit bear interest at prime plus 1% and are payable in 48 equal monthly

63


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

installments beginning upon the expiration date of August 5, 2003. A promissory note issued pursuant to the line of credit may be repaid by converting into shares of our common stock at any time upon the agreement of us and the Chairman at a price based upon the average price of our common stock over the 20-day period prior to the conversion or, if in connection with an equity financing, at the offering price. As of December 31, 2002 the Company had drawn down $10.0 million from this line of credit. The Company’s Chairman guaranteed to a certain maximum amount and provided the collateral for the Company’s $4.0 million letter of credit under a lease, and $0.3 million letter of credit under it’s real estate purchase option.

      The Company’s Chairman receives no cash compensation as an employee and instead receives options to purchase 3,000 shares per month. To date, at the Chairman’s request, the Company has not granted him any equity incentives in recognition of the lines of credit that he has made available to us, his guarantee of our real estate leases, his provision of collateral for two of our letters of credit under facility leases, or the occasional use of his private jet for our business purposes. The Company believes that the Board is likely to take action in the future to provide appropriate incentives to the Chairman in order to ensure his continued active involvement with us.

 
11. Segment and Geographic Data
 
Segment information

      The Company is engaged in research and development of novel biopharmaceutical protein-based products for the treatment of human disease from its collection of proprietary genes discovered using its high-throughput signature-by-hybridization platform. Reportable segments reflect the Company’s structure, reporting responsibilities to the chief executive officer and the nature of the products under development. Reportable segments are Nuvelo Inc., which develops and market therapeutic drugs for the treatment of human diseases; and Callida Genomics, Inc., which develops and commercializes the sequencing-by-hybridization (SBH) technology including the high-speed DNA sequencing chip developed in collaboration with Affymetrix, Inc.

      Segment operating results are measured based on net income (loss) before tax. There are no inter-segment sales.

                         
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2002

Nuvelo Callida Total



Contract Revenue
  $ 25,554     $ 879     $ 26,433  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    5,248       999       6,247  
Interest income
    87             87  
     
     
     
 
Interest expense
    (1,242 )           (1,242 )
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (38,321 )     (5,578 )     (43,899 )
Net loss before minority interest
    (39,512 )     (5,578 )     (45,090 )
Total assets
    22,739       4,333       27,072  
Capital expenditures
  $ 1,311     $ 752     $ 2,063  

64


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Geographic information

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001 2000



(In thousands)
Revenues:
                       
 
Domestic
  $ 4,557     $ 2,230     $ 3,639  
 
Germany
    21,876       22,360       11,665  
 
Other
                300  
     
     
     
 
   
Geographic totals
  $ 26,433     $ 24,590     $ 15,604  
 
12. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

      Summarized selected quarterly financial data is as follows (in thousands):

                                     
Quarter Ended

December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
2002 2002 2002 2002




Contract revenues
  $ 3,518     $ 11,022     $ 6,661     $ 5,232  
 
Loss from operations
    (16,217 )     (988 )     (7,854 )     (18,840 )
   
Net loss
    (16,510 )     (1,444 )     (8,068 )     (18,956 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share*
  $ (0.72 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.37 )   $ (1.01 )
                                     
Quarter Ended

December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
2001 2001 2001 2001




Contract revenues
  $ 7,069     $ 5,872     $ 5,981     $ 5,668  
 
Loss from operations
    (11,553 )     (9,905 )     (8,349 )     (6,386 )
   
Net loss
    (11,357 )     (10,008 )     (8,427 )     (6,680 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share*
  $ (0.61 )   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.49 )

The sum of earnings per share for the four quarters of 2002 is different from the full year amount as a result of computing the quarterly and full year amounts on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the respective periods.

      Historically, the Company’s revenues have varied considerably from period to period due to the nature of the Company’s collaborative arrangements. As a consequence, the Company’s results in any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year.

      The third quarter of 2001 included a reclass of restructuring cost of $ 825,000 from other income expenses to operations.

      The fourth quarter of 2001 included (i) an adjustment to increase contract revenues of approximately $402,000 and (ii) the write-off of certain capitalized software costs of approximately $1,087,000.

 
13. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)
 
Merger with Variagenics, Inc.

      On January 31, 2003, the Company completed its merger with Variagenics, Inc., a publicly traded company incorporated in Delaware. Variagenics develops molecular diagnostic tests by identifying genetic markers associated with response to cancer therapies, with the goal of optimizing patient care. As a result of

65


Table of Contents

NUVELO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the merger, Variagenics shareholders received 1.6451 shares of Company stock in exchange for each Variagenics share for a total of approximately 39.7 million Company shares, at an approximate purchase price of $48.9 million net of estimated transaction costs of $4.3 million. The new name for the combined company is Nuvelo, Inc. which began trading under its new Nasdaq symbol, NUVO, on February 3, 2003.

      The Company will account for this merger under the purchase method of accounting for business combinations under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141 “Business Combinations” during its first quarter of fiscal year 2003. The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of the operations of Variagenics, and the Company as if the merger had occurred:

                   
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001


(unaudited)
January 1, 2002 and January 1, 2001, respectively:
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
               
 
Net revenue
  $ 27,863     $ 27,573  
 
Net income
    (76,791 )     (59,939 )
 
Earnings per common share Basic and diluted
    (1.26 )     (1.10 )
January 1, 2002:
               
 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
    57,895          
 
Total assets
    84,650          
 
Total liabilities
  $ 40,387          

      As of the merger date, January 31, 2003, the Company had approximately $53.2 million of cash available for future operations.

 
Line of Credit

      In January 2003, the Company drew down an additional $1.0 million from the Chairman’s line of credit for business operations. As of March 14, 2003, $9.0 million funding remains available for the Company’s use under this line of credit.

66


Table of Contents

 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      None.

PART III

 
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to “General Information” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” under Proposal No. 1 in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 
Item 11. Executive Compensation

      The response to this item is incorporated by reference to “Certain Information With Respect to Executive” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The response to this item is incorporated by reference to “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The response to this item is incorporated by reference to “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 
Item 14. Controls and Procedures

      The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

      Within 90 days prior to the date of this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

      There have been no significant changes to our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect the internal controls subsequent to the date we completed our evaluation.

67


Table of Contents

PART IV

 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

          (a)(3)  Exhibits

      The following documents are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K. The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit listed to requesting stockholders upon payment of the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing those materials.

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 9, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc., Vertical Merger Corp. and Variagenics, Inc.(1)
  3.1     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Hyseq, Inc., as amended(2)
  3.2     Amended and Restated By-Laws of Hyseq, Inc.(3)
  3.3     Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Hyseq, Inc.(4)
  4.1     Specimen Common Stock certificate(2)
  4.2     Rights Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation dated June 5, 1998(5)
  4.3     Hyseq Promissory Note, dated as of November 13, 2001, in the principal amount of $4,000,000(6)
  4.4     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  4.5     Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  4.6     Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation(7)
  4.7     Warrant to purchase 1,491,544 shares of Common Stock of Hyseq, Inc., dated as of January 8, 2002(6)
  4.8     Form of Warrant, dated as of April 5, 2002(3)
  4.10     Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Hyseq, Inc.(8)
  4.11     Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Hyseq, Inc.(9)
  10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and each of its directors and officers(2)
  10.2     Patent License Agreement between Arch Development Corporation and Hyseq, Inc. dated June 7, 1994(2)
  10.3     Stock Purchase Agreement for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock dated May 28, 1997(2)
  10.4     Collaboration and License Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and Chiron Corporation dated May 30, 1997(2)
  10.5     Collaboration Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and The Perkin-Elmer Corporation dated May 30, 1997(2)
  10.6     Stock Option Plan, as amended(10)
  10.7     Employee Stock Purchase Plan(11)
  10.8     Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended(12)
  10.9     Collaboration and License Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and American Cyanamid Company dated December 10, 1999(13)
  10.10     Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan(14)
  10.11     Scientific Advisory Board/ Consultants Stock Option Plan(14)
  10.12     Amendment No. 1 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(15)
  10.13     Employment and Confidential Information Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. Ted W. Love dated January 11, 2001(16)

68


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.14     Lease between The Irvine Company and Hyseq, Inc. dated as of April 30, 2001(17)
  10.15     Industrial Multi-Tenant Lease between AMB Property, L.P. and Hyseq, Inc. dated June 23, 2000, as amended(16)
  10.16     Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2001, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(4)
  10.17     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2000, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.18     Line of Credit Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.19     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.20     Interference Settlement Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  10.21     Option Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, among Affymetrix, Inc., Callida Genomics, Inc., and N-Mer, Inc.(6)
  10.22     Form of Non-Stockholder Approved Stock Option Agreement for Officers(18)
  10.23     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(3)
  10.24     Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Aurora Biosciences Corporation(19)
  10.25     Collaboration Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Kirin Brewery Company, Ltd.(19)
  10.26     Secreted Protein Development and Collaboration Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Deltagen, Inc.(19)
  10.27     Settlement Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(18)
  10.28     Product Development and Supply Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between N-Mer, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(19)
  10.29     Product Solicitation Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between N-Mer, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(19)
  10.30     Collaboration Agreement, dated of January 8, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Amgen, Inc.(20)
  10.31     Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and The Irvine Company(21)
  10.32     Amendment No. 2 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(22)
  10.33     Form of Severance Agreement(9)
  10.34     Lease Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1998, between 205 Broadway Realty Trust and Variagenics, Inc.(23)
  10.35     Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(24)
  10.36     Equipment Schedules 3 and 4, dated July 27, 2001, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(25)
  10.37     Equipment Schedule 5, dated November 28, 2001, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(26)
  10.38     Equipment Schedules 6 and 7, dated March 18, 2002, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(27)
  10.39     Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(3)
  10.40     Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Amgen, Inc.(6)

69


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.41     Amendment No. 2 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(28)
  10.42     Variagenics, Inc. Amended 1997 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan(29)
  10.43*     Guarantee by George Rathmann in favor of AMB Property, L.P. — agreement dated October 1, 2002
  10.44*     Humboldt Lease Termination/ Purchase Option Documents — agreements dated October 25, 2002
  10.45*     Amendment to Amended and Restated Line of Credit, dated as of November 9, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann
  10.46*     Real Property Option and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated October 1, 2002
  21.1*     Subsidiaries of Nuvelo, Inc. as of December 31, 2002
  23.1*     Consent of Independent Auditors
  99.1*     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  99.2*     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*Filed herewith.

(1) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(2) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-1, as amended, File No. 333-29091.
 
(3) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form S-3, filed on June 14, 2002, File No. 333-90458.
 
(4) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, as amended, filed on September 25, 2001, File No. 333-70134.
 
(5) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on July 31, 1998, File No. 00-22873.
 
(6) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on April 1, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(7) Previously filed as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on November 27, 2002, File No. 333-101503.
 
(8) Previously filed with the SEC and incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation dated June 5, 1998, previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on July 31, 1998, File No. 00-22873.
 
(9) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on February 14, 2003, File No. 333-103257.

(10) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on December 5, 1997, File No. 333-41663.
 
(11) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on May 20, 1998, File No. 333-53087.
 
(12) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on May 21, 1998, File No. 333-53089.
 
(13) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 8-K/ A, filed on March 17, 2000, File No. 00-22873.

70


Table of Contents

(14) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, filed on March 20, 2000, File No. 000-22873.
 
(15) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on June 13, 2000, File No. 333-39194.
 
(16) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed April 2, 2001, File No. 000-22873.
 
(17) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 8-K, filed on May 21, 2001, File No. 000-22873.
 
(18) Previously filed with the Commission as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s report on Form 10-K/ A for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on May 9, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(19) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/ A, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on July 22, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(20) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 10-Q/ A, for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002, filed on July 22, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(21) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002, filed on November 8, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(22) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form S-8, filed on November 18, 2002, File No. 333-101276.
 
(23) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-33558.
 
(24) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001, filed on August 14, 2001, File No. 000-31035.
 
(25) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001, filed on November 14, 2001, File No. 000-31035.
 
(26) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on April 1, 2002, File No. 000-31035.
 
(27) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002, filed on May 14, 2002, File No. 000-31035.
 
(28) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on November 18, 2002, File No. 333-101276.
 
(29) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Nuvelo’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on February 7, 2003, File No. 333-103055.

71


Table of Contents

          (b)  Reports on form 8-K.

     
Date of Filing Subject


October 25, 2002
  Form 8-K, Item 5, Nuvelo and its landlord, AMB Property Corporation entered into agreements that (1) terminate Nuvelo’s eleven year lease of AMB’s buildings at 225, 249, and 257 Humboldt Court, Sunnyvale, California and (2) grant Nuvelo a six-month option to purchase these properties for a purchase price of $15.3 million
November 9, 2002
  Form 8-K, Item 5, Nuvelo and Variagenics, Inc. entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger.

72


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on March 28, 2003

  NUVELO, INC.

  BY:  /s/ PETER S. GARCIA
 
  Peter S. Garcia
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of Nuvelo, Inc. in the capacities indicated on March 28, 2003.

         
Signature Title


 
/s/ TED W. LOVE

Ted W. Love
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director
 
/s/ PETER S. GARCIA

Peter S. Garcia
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
/s/ GEORGE B. RATHMANN

George B. Rathmann
  Chairman of the Board
 
/s/ PHILIPPE CHAMBON

Philippe Chambon
  Director
 
/s/ JEAN-FRANCOIS FORMELA

Jean-Francois Formela
  Director
 
/s/ MARY PENDERGAST

Mary Pendergast
  Director
 
/s/ MARTIN VOGELBAUM

Martin Vogelbaum
  Director

73


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION

I, Ted W. Love, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nuvelo, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 26, 2003
  /s/ TED W. LOVE
 
  Ted W. Love
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

74


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION

I, Peter S. Garcia, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nuvelo, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

  b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

  c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 21, 2003
  /s/ PETER S. GARCIA
 
  Peter S. Garcia
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

75


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 9, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc., Vertical Merger Corp. and Variagenics, Inc.(1)
  3.1     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Hyseq, Inc., as amended(2)
  3.2     Amended and Restated By-Laws of Hyseq, Inc.(3)
  3.3     Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Hyseq, Inc.(4)
  4.1     Specimen Common Stock certificate(2)
  4.2     Rights Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation dated June 5, 1998(5)
  4.3     Hyseq Promissory Note, dated as of November 13, 2001, in the principal amount of $4,000,000(6)
  4.4     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  4.5     Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  4.6     Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation(7)
  4.7     Warrant to purchase 1,491,544 shares of Common Stock of Hyseq, Inc., dated as of January 8, 2002(6)
  4.8     Form of Warrant, dated as of April 5, 2002(3)
  4.10     Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Hyseq, Inc.(8)
  4.11     Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Hyseq, Inc.(9)
  10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and each of its directors and officers(2)
  10.2     Patent License Agreement between Arch Development Corporation and Hyseq, Inc. dated June 7, 1994(2)
  10.3     Stock Purchase Agreement for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock dated May 28, 1997(2)
  10.4     Collaboration and License Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and Chiron Corporation dated May 30, 1997(2)
  10.5     Collaboration Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and The Perkin-Elmer Corporation dated May 30, 1997(2)
  10.6     Stock Option Plan, as amended(10)
  10.7     Employee Stock Purchase Plan(11)
  10.8     Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended(12)
  10.9     Collaboration and License Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and American Cyanamid Company dated December 10, 1999(13)
  10.10     Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan(14)
  10.11     Scientific Advisory Board/ Consultants Stock Option Plan(14)
  10.12     Amendment No. 1 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(15)
  10.13     Employment and Confidential Information Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. Ted W. Love dated January 11, 2001(16)
  10.14     Lease between The Irvine Company and Hyseq, Inc. dated as of April 30, 2001(17)
  10.15     Industrial Multi-Tenant Lease between AMB Property, L.P. and Hyseq, Inc. dated June 23, 2000, as amended(16)
  10.16     Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2001, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(4)

76


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.17     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2000, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.18     Line of Credit Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.19     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann(6)
  10.20     Interference Settlement Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(6)
  10.21     Option Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, among Affymetrix, Inc., Callida Genomics, Inc., and N-Mer, Inc.(6)
  10.22     Form of Non-Stockholder Approved Stock Option Agreement for Officers(18)
  10.23     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(3)
  10.24     Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Aurora Biosciences Corporation(19)
  10.25     Collaboration Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Kirin Brewery Company, Ltd.(19)
  10.26     Secreted Protein Development and Collaboration Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Deltagen, Inc.(19)
  10.27     Settlement Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between Hyseq, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(18)
  10.28     Product Development and Supply Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between N-Mer, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(19)
  10.29     Product Solicitation Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between N-Mer, Inc. and Affymetrix, Inc.(19)
  10.30     Collaboration Agreement, dated of January 8, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Amgen, Inc.(20)
  10.31     Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and The Irvine Company(21)
  10.32     Amendment No. 2 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(22)
  10.33     Form of Severance Agreement(9)
  10.34     Lease Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1998, between 205 Broadway Realty Trust and Variagenics, Inc.(23)
  10.35     Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(24)
  10.36     Equipment Schedules 3 and 4, dated July 27, 2001, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(25)
  10.37     Equipment Schedule 5, dated November 28, 2001, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(26)
  10.38     Equipment Schedules 6 and 7, dated March 18, 2002, to the Master Lease Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Variagenics, Inc.(27)
  10.39     Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2002, among Hyseq, Inc. and the investors party thereto(3)
  10.40     Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Amgen, Inc.(6)
  10.41     Amendment No. 2 to the Hyseq, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan(28)
  10.42     Variagenics, Inc. Amended 1997 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan(29)

77


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.43*     Guarantee by George Rathmann in favor of AMB Property, L.P. — agreement dated October 1, 2002
  10.44*     Humboldt Lease Termination/ Purchase Option Documents — agreements dated October 25, 2002
  10.45*     Amendment to Amended and Restated Line of Credit, dated as of November 9, 2002, between Hyseq, Inc. and Dr. George B. Rathmann
  10.46*     Real Property Option and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated October 1, 2002
  21.1*     Subsidiaries of Nuvelo, Inc. as of December 31, 2002
  23.1*     Consent of Independent Auditors
  99.1*     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  99.2*     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*Filed herewith.

(1) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(2) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-1, as amended, File No. 333-29091.
 
(3) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form S-3, filed on June 14, 2002, File No. 333-90458.
 
(4) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, as amended, filed on September 25, 2001, File No. 333-70134.
 
(5) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on July 31, 1998, File No. 00-22873.
 
(6) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on April 1, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(7) Previously filed as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on November 27, 2002, File No. 333-101503.
 
(8) Previously filed with the SEC and incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement between Hyseq, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation dated June 5, 1998, previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to Hyseq’s Form 8-K, filed on July 31, 1998, File No. 00-22873.
 
(9) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on February 14, 2003, File No. 333-103257.

(10) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on December 5, 1997, File No. 333-41663.
 
(11) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on May 20, 1998, File No. 333-53087.
 
(12) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on May 21, 1998, File No. 333-53089.
 
(13) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 8-K/ A, filed on March 17, 2000, File No. 00-22873.
 
(14) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, filed on March 20, 2000, File No. 000-22873.

78


Table of Contents

(15) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on June 13, 2000, File No. 333-39194.
 
(16) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed April 2, 2001, File No. 000-22873.
 
(17) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 8-K, filed on May 21, 2001, File No. 000-22873.
 
(18) Previously filed with the Commission as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s report on Form 10-K/ A for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on May 9, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(19) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/ A, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on July 22, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(20) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 10-Q/ A, for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002, filed on July 22, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(21) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002, filed on November 8, 2002, File No. 000-22873.
 
(22) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s report on Form S-8, filed on November 18, 2002, File No. 333-101276.
 
(23) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-33558.
 
(24) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001, filed on August 14, 2001, File No. 000-31035.
 
(25) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001, filed on November 14, 2001, File No. 000-31035.
 
(26) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on April 1, 2002, File No. 000-31035.
 
(27) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Variagenics’ report on Form 10-Q, for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002, filed on May 14, 2002, File No. 000-31035.
 
(28) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Hyseq’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on November 18, 2002, File No. 333-101276.
 
(29) Previously filed with the SEC as an Exhibit to and incorporated herein by reference from Nuvelo’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on February 7, 2003, File No. 333-103055.

79 EX-10.43 3 f88137exv10w43.htm EXHIBIT 10.43 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

Exhibit 10.43

 

GUARANTY

     THIS GUARANTY (“Guaranty”) is made as of October 1, 2002 by George Rathmann, an individual (“Guarantor”), in favor of AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Seller”).

RECITALS

     A.     Seller, as landlord, and Hyseq, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Buyer”), as tenant, are parties to that certain lease dated as of June 23, 2000 (the “Original Lease”), which Original Lease has been previously amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 14, 2000 (collectively, the “Lease”) relating to certain real property and improvements located at 225, 249 and 257 Humboldt Court, Sunnyvale, California (the “Property”), all as more particularly described in the Lease.

     B.     Pursuant to that certain Termination Agreement dated as of October 1, 2002 by and among Buyer, Seller and Guarantor (the “Termination Agreement”), Seller has agreed to terminate the Lease.

     C.     Pursuant to the terms of that certain Real Property Option and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated as of October 1, 2002 by and between Buyer and Seller (“Option Agreement”), Seller has agreed to afford Buyer an option (“Option”) to purchase the Property upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement. Initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Option Agreement.

     D.     Pursuant to the Option Agreement, Buyer has executed or will execute in favor of Seller a promissory note (“Note”) in the principal amount of Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000). The Note, the Option Agreement, and the Termination Agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”.

     THEREFORE, to induce Seller to afford the Option to Buyer and to enter into the Transaction Documents, and in consideration thereof, Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and agrees as follows:

  1.   GUARANTY.

     1.1. Guarantor hereby guarantees and promises to pay to Seller or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States, in immediately available funds, the principal amount of the Note, together with all accrued interest, fees and charges on the entire principal amount of the Note.

     1.2. In addition to Guarantor’s obligations under Section 1.1 above, Guarantor hereby guarantees and promises to pay (a) any avoidance by Buyer, Buyer’s successor or Buyer’s creditors of all or any part of the sum of $3,100,000, which amount represents a portion of the termination fee heretofore paid to Seller pursuant to the Termination Agreement, or the recovery of any portion of such termination fee directly or indirectly from Seller as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise under the Bankruptcy Code or other similar laws and (b) all legal costs and expenses incurred by Seller as a result of the occurrence of any of the events described

 


 

in clause (a) above; provided that Guarantor’s liability under this Section 1.2 shall terminate as of February 3, 2003.

     1.3. The obligations of Buyer to Seller described in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Obligations.”

     2.     REMEDIES. If Guarantor fails to promptly perform its obligations under this Guaranty, Seller may from time to time, and without first requiring performance by Buyer, bring any action at law or in equity or both to compel Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder, and to collect in any such action compensation for all loss, cost, damage, injury and expense sustained or incurred by Seller as a direct or indirect consequence of the failure of Guarantor to perform its obligations together with interest thereon at the default rate of interest applicable to the principal balance of the Note, as specified therein.

     3.     RIGHTS OF LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Seller, without giving notice to Guarantor or obtaining Guarantor’s consent and without affecting the liability of Guarantor, from time to time to: (a) declare all sums owing to Seller under the Note due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Note); (b) take and hold security for the performance of Buyer’s obligations under the Note or the other Transaction Documents and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; (c) make extensions in the dates specified for payments of any sums payable in periodic installments under the Note or any other Transaction Document; (d) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Seller in its discretion may determine; (e) release, substitute or add any one or more endorsers of the Note or guarantors of Buyer’s obligations under the Note or the other Transaction Documents; (f) except as expressly directed by Buyer in writing to Seller with respect to particular payments, apply payments received by Seller from Buyer to any obligations of Buyer to Seller, in such order as Seller shall determine in its sole discretion, whether or not any such obligations are covered by this Guaranty; (g) assign this Guaranty in whole or in part; and (h) assign, transfer or negotiate all or any part of the indebtedness guaranteed by this Guaranty.

     4.     GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Guarantor waives: (a) any defense based upon the death, incapacity, lack of authority or termination of existence of, or revocation hereof by, any person or entity, or the substitution of any party hereto, or any legal disability or other defense of Buyer, any other guarantor or other person, or by reason of the cessation or limitation of the liability of Buyer from any cause other than full payment of all sums payable under the Note or any of the other Transaction Documents (subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof); (b) any defense based upon any lack of authority of the officers, directors, shareholders or agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of Buyer or any principal of Buyer or any defect in the formation of Buyer or any principal of Buyer; (c) any and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Seller; (d) any defense based upon Seller’s or Buyer’s failure to disclose to Guarantor any information concerning Buyer’s financial condition or any other circumstances bearing on Buyer’s ability to pay all sums payable under the Note or any of the other Transaction Documents; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome than that of a principal; (f) any defense based upon Seller’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute; (g) any defense based upon any borrowing or any grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code; (h) any right to enforce any remedy which Seller may have against Buyer and any right to

2


 

participate in, or benefit from, any security for the Note or the other Transaction Documents now or hereafter held by Seller; (i) presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind; and (j) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of Guarantor hereunder or the enforcement hereof. Guarantor further waives any and all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have in the event that Buyer’s obligations under any of the Transaction Documents is secured by real property; this means, among other things, that: (1) Seller may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Buyer; (2) if Seller forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Buyer, then (A) the amount of the debt may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (B) Seller may collect from Guarantor even if Seller, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Buyer. The foregoing sentence is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Buyer’s debt is secured by real property. These rights and defenses being waived by Guarantor include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision hereof, Guarantor further expressly waives for the period in which any of the Obligations remain outstanding any and all rights and defenses which might otherwise be available to Guarantor under California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433, or under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, or any of such sections. Finally, Guarantor agrees that the performance of any act or any payment which tolls any statute of limitations applicable to the Note or any of the Transaction Documents shall similarly operate to toll the statute of limitations applicable to Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

     5.     GUARANTOR’S WARRANTIES. Guarantor warrants and acknowledges that: (a) Seller would not enter into the Transaction Documents but for this Guaranty; (b) there are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty; (c) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from sources other than Seller, on a continuing basis, financial and other information pertaining to Buyer’s financial condition and the status of Buyer’s performance of obligations under the Transaction Documents, and Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks hereunder and Seller has made no representation to Guarantor as to any such matters; (d) the most recent financial statements of Guarantor previously delivered to Seller are true and correct in all material respects, and fairly present the financial condition of Guarantor as of the respective dates thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of Guarantor since the respective dates thereof; (e) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Seller, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets; and (f) Guarantor has the capacity and is legally competent to enter into this Guaranty.

     6.     SUBORDINATION. Guarantor subordinates all present and future indebtedness owing by Buyer to Guarantor to the Obligations. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Note), Guarantor agrees to make no claim for such indebtedness until all Obligations have been fully satisfied. Guarantor further agrees not to assign all or any part of such indebtedness unless Seller is given prior notice and the assignee acknowledges to Seller in writing that such indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to the same extent as provided under the terms of this Guaranty. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, any payment received by Guarantor on account of such indebtedness shall be held in trust by Guarantor for

3


 

Seller, and forthwith paid over to Seller, until such time as the Obligations have been satisfied in full.

     7.     BANKRUPTCY OF BORROWER. In any bankruptcy or other proceeding occurring during the period in which any of the Obligations remain outstanding in which the filing of claims is required by law, Guarantor shall file all claims which Guarantor may have against Buyer relating to any indebtedness of Buyer to Guarantor and shall assign to Seller all rights of Guarantor thereunder. If Guarantor does not file any such claim, Seller, as attorney-in-fact for Guarantor, is hereby authorized to do so in the name of Guarantor or, in Seller’s discretion, to assign the claim to a nominee and to cause proof of claim to be filed in the name of Seller’s nominee. The foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked. Seller or its nominee shall have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to accept or reject any plan proposed in such proceeding and to take any other action which a party filing a claim is entitled to do. In all such cases, whether in administration, bankruptcy or otherwise, the person or persons authorized to pay such claim shall pay to Seller the amount payable on such claim unless and until the Obligations have been satisfied in full and, to the full extent necessary for that purpose, Guarantor hereby assigns to Seller all of Guarantor’s rights to any such payments or distributions; provided, however, Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall not be satisfied except to the extent that Seller receives cash by reason of any such payment or distribution. If Seller receives anything hereunder other than cash, the same shall be held as collateral for amounts due under this Guaranty. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.2, if all or any portion of the obligations guaranteed hereunder are paid or performed, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall continue and shall remain in full force and effect in the event that all or any part of such payment or performance is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from Seller as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise under the Bankruptcy Code or other similar laws, irrespective of (a) any notice of revocation given by Guarantor prior to such avoidance or recovery, (b) full payment and performance of all of the indebtedness and obligations evidenced by the Transaction Documents, or (c) Seller’s surrender or cancellation or exoneration of this Guaranty.

     8.     ADDITIONAL, INDEPENDENT AND UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of payment and not of collection and cannot be revoked by Guarantor and shall continue to be effective with respect to any indebtedness referenced in Section 1 hereof arising or created after any attempted revocation hereof or after the death of Guarantor, in which event this Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor’s estate and Guarantor’s legal representatives and heirs. The obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not limit or in any way affect the obligations of Guarantor under any other existing or future guaranties unless said other guaranties are expressly modified or revoked in writing. This Guaranty is independent of the obligations of Buyer under the Note and the other Transaction Documents. Seller may bring a separate action to enforce the provisions hereof against Guarantor without taking action against Buyer or any other party or joining Buyer or any other party as a party to such action. This Guaranty is not secured and shall not be deemed to be secured by any security instrument unless such security instrument expressly recites that it secures this Guaranty.

     9.     ATTORNEYS’ FEES; ENFORCEMENT. If any attorney is engaged by Seller to enforce or defend any provision of this Guaranty or the Note or the Subordination Agreement (as defined in the Option Agreement), or as a consequence of any default under the Note, this

4


 

Guaranty or the Subordination Agreement, with or without the filing of any legal action or proceeding, Guarantor shall pay to Seller, immediately upon demand all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Seller in connection therewith, together with interest thereon from the date of such demand until paid at the default rate of interest applicable to the principal balance of the Note as specified therein.

     10.     RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. The word “Buyer” as used herein shall include both the named Buyer and any other person at any time assuming or otherwise becoming primarily liable for all or any part of the obligations of the named Buyer under the Note and the other Transaction Documents. The term “person” as used herein shall include any individual, company, trust or other legal entity of any kind whatsoever. If this Guaranty is executed by more than one person, the term “Guarantor” shall include all such persons. When the context and construction so require, all words used in the singular herein shall be deemed to have been used in the plural and vice versa. All headings appearing in this Guaranty are for convenience only and shall be disregarded in construing this Guaranty.

     11.     CREDIT REPORTS. Each legal entity and individual obligated under and executing this Guaranty hereby authorizes Seller to order and obtain from time to time, from a credit reporting agency of Seller’s choice, a third party credit report on such legal entity and individual.

     12.     GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by federal laws. Guarantor and all persons and entities in any manner obligated to Seller under this Guaranty consent to the jurisdiction of any federal or state court within the State of California having venue in San Francisco, California, and also consent to service of process by any means authorized by California or federal law.

     13.     MISCELLANEOUS. The provisions of this Guaranty will bind and benefit the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, nominees, successors and assigns of Guarantor and Seller. The liability of all persons and entities who are in any manner obligated hereunder shall be joint and several. If any provision of this Guaranty shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be deemed severed from this Guaranty and the remaining parts shall remain in full force as though the invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion had never been part of this Guaranty.

     14.     ENFORCEABILITY. Guarantor hereby acknowledges that: (a) the obligations undertaken by Guarantor in this Guaranty are complex in nature, and (b) numerous possible defenses to the enforceability of these obligations may presently exist and/or may arise hereafter, and (c) as part of Seller’s consideration for entering into this transaction, Seller has specifically bargained for the waiver and relinquishment by Guarantor of all such defenses, and (d) Guarantor has sought and received legal advice from skilled legal counsel in the area of financial transactions of the type contemplated herein. Given all of the above, Guarantor does hereby represent and confirm to Seller that Guarantor is fully informed regarding, and that Guarantor does thoroughly understand: (i) the nature of all such possible defenses, and (ii) the circumstances under which such defenses may arise, and (iii) the benefits which such defenses might confer upon Guarantor, and (iv) the legal consequences to Guarantor of waiving such defenses. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor makes this Guaranty with the intent that this Guaranty and all of the informed waivers herein shall each and all be fully enforceable by Seller,

5


 

and that Seller is induced to enter into this transaction and the Transaction Documents in material reliance upon the presumed full enforceability thereof.

     15.     WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY, AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, SELLER, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (a) ARISING UNDER THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE MODIFICATION THEREOF OR (b) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY AND SELLER HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY AND SELLER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND SELLER TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO AND SELLER CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA HAVING VENUE IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the date appearing on the first page of this Guaranty.

         
    GUARANTOR:
 
         
 
    By:  

          George Rathmann, an individual
 
    SSN:  

 
 
         
 
    APPROVED AS TO FORM:
         
 
     

Alan D. Smith, Attorney for Guarantor

CONSENT OF SPOUSE:

     The undersigned, the wife of George Rathmann, hereby consents to the foregoing Guaranty and acknowledges that such Guaranty creates binding obligations on George Rathmann and the undersigned, and of their individual, joint and community assets.

       
By:    
   
    Frances Joy Rathmann
SSN:    
   

7 EX-10.44 4 f88137exv10w44.htm EXHIBIT 10.44 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

Exhibit 10.44

 

CONDITIONAL LEASE TERMINATION AGREEMENT

     THIS CONDITIONAL LEASE TERMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Termination Agreement”) is made as of the 1st day of October, 2002 by and among AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), HYSEQ, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”), and GEORGE RATHMANN, an individual (“Guarantor”).

RECITALS:

  A.   Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated as of June 23, 2000 (the “Original Lease”), which Original Lease has been previously amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 14, 2000 (collectively, the “Lease”) relating to approximately 59,300 rentable square feet located at 225, 249 and 257 Humboldt Court, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”), all as more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.
 
  B.   George Rathmann, an individual (“Guarantor”), guarantied the obligations of Tenant under the Lease pursuant to that certain Guaranty of Lease executed in connection with the Lease (the “Existing Guaranty”).
 
  C.   The Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2011 (the “Scheduled Expiration Date”), and the parties have agreed to terminate the Lease prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date upon and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Termination Agreement.
 
  D.   Concurrently herewith, the parties are entering into a Real Property Option and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions (the “Option Agreement”), providing for the grant of a six-month option (the “Option”) to purchase the land, buildings and other improvements in which the Premises are located on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Property”).

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

  1.   Effective Termination Date. Upon and subject to the payment of the Termination Fee (as defined below), the payment of the Initial Option Consideration (as defined in the Option Agreement), and the delivery and effectiveness of the letter of credit, funds and documents required to be delivered by Tenant and Guarantor under Paragraphs 5, 7 and 11 of this Termination Agreement and under Section 2.1.1 and Section 2.2.1 of the Option Agreement, in each case on or before 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on November 1, 2002 (the “Contingency Date”), and provided the representations and warranties of Tenant and Guarantor set forth in Paragraph 6(a) of this Termination Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Contingency Date, the Lease and the Existing Guaranty (as reaffirmed by the Reaffirmation of Guaranty referred to below) shall be deemed terminated retroactively as of October 1, 2002 (the “Effective Termination Date”) and the Term of the Lease shall be deemed to expire with

 


 

      the same force and effect as if the Term was, by the provisions thereof, fixed to expire on the Effective Termination Date.
 
  2.   Release of Landlord. Subject to the effectiveness of the release of Tenant and Guarantor under Paragraph 3 below, effective as of the Effective Termination Date, Tenant and Guarantor each hereby forever (a) remises, releases, quitclaims and surrenders to Landlord, its successors and assigns, the Lease and all of the estate and rights of Tenant and/or Guarantor in and to the Lease and the Premises, and (b) waives, and releases and discharges Landlord and its past and present partners and affiliates, including AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland corporation, AMB Capital Partners, and their respective past and present trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, shareholders, beneficial owners, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s), managers, representatives and agents, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”) from, any and all claims, demands or causes of action whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all rights, obligations, liabilities, indebtedness, breaches of contract, breaches of duty or any relationship, acts, omissions, misfeasance, malfeasance, debts, defenses, sums of money, accounts, compensations, contracts, controversies, promises, damages, costs, losses and expenses of every type, kind, nature, description or character, and irrespective of how, why, or by reason of what facts, whether heretofore or now existing, or that could, might, or may be claimed to exist, of whatever kind or name, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, claimed or unclaimed, whether based on contract, tort, breach of any duty, or other legal or equitable theory of recovery, each as though fully set forth herein at length, arising or accruing out of or in connection with the Premises or the Lease or the Existing Guaranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall release the parties from their respective obligations and agreements under this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Guaranty (as defined in the Option Agreement) or any other documents entered into in connection with this Termination Agreement or the Option Agreement.
 
  3.   Release of Tenant and Guarantor. Subject to the effectiveness of the release of the Landlord Parties under Paragraph 2 above, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth below in this Paragraph 3, Landlord (a) agrees to accept the surrender of the Lease and the Premises from and after the Effective Termination Date, and (b) effective as of the Effective Termination Date waives, and releases and discharges Tenant and Guarantor and their respective past and present partners and affiliates, and their respective past and present trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, shareholders, beneficial owners, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s), managers, representatives and agents, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “Tenant Parties”) from, any and all claims, demands or causes of action whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all rights, obligations, liabilities, indebtedness, breaches of contract, breaches of duty or any relationship, acts, omissions, misfeasance, malfeasance, debts, defenses, sums of money, accounts, compensations, contracts, controversies, promises, damages, costs, losses and expenses of every type, kind, nature, description or character, and irrespective of how, why, or by reason of what facts, whether heretofore or now existing, or that could, might, or may be claimed to exist, of whatever kind or name, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, claimed or unclaimed, whether based on contract, tort, breach of any duty, or other legal or equitable theory of recovery, each as

2


 

      though fully set forth herein at length, arising or accruing out of or in connection with the Premises or the Lease or the Existing Guaranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall release the parties from their respective obligations and agreements under this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Guaranty or the other documents entered into in connection with this Termination Agreement or the Option Agreement.
 
      The termination of the Lease and the Existing Guaranty pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 1 and the foregoing releases under Paragraph 2 above and this Paragraph 3 shall be subject to the following conditions precedent: (i) Landlord shall have received the Termination Fee in full, (ii) Tenant and Guarantor shall have delivered to Landlord the letter of credit, funds and documents required under Paragraphs 5, 7 and 11 hereof and under Section 2.1.1 and Section 2.2.1 of the Option Agreement, including the Initial Option Consideration, when and as required hereunder and thereunder; and (iii) the representations and warranties of Tenant and Guarantor under Paragraph 6(a) shall be true and correct as of the Contingency Date in all material respects. If any such conditions are not satisfied when and as required hereunder or under the Option Agreement, the termination of the Lease and Existing Guaranty pursuant to Paragraph 1 and the foregoing releases shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
 
  4.   Waiver. With respect to the releases set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3 above, the parties acknowledge that they have been advised by legal counsel and are familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 which provides as follows:
 
      “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
 
      THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT PERTAINING TO THE RELEASES SET FORTH HEREIN.
 
      Tenant and Guarantor specifically acknowledge that they have carefully reviewed the provisions of this Termination Agreement, including without limitation, Paragraphs 2 and 4 hereof, and discussed their import with skilled legal counsel, and further acknowledge that the provisions of Paragraphs 2 and 4 are a material part of this Termination Agreement.

       
 
 
 
  Tenant   Guarantor

3


 

  5.   Covenants. (a) On or prior to the Contingency Date, Tenant covenants to completely vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in its existing condition and free of all movable furniture and equipment, shall repair any damage caused by any such removal, and shall deliver all keys and access cards to the Premises to Landlord or Landlord’s designee. On or prior to November 1, Tenant shall cause all construction materials to be removed from the Premises.
 
      (b) Tenant shall restore the Premises as required under Exhibit A attached hereto on or prior to (i) 60 days after the expiration of the Option Period (as defined in the Option Agreement) if Tenant does not exercise the Option under the Option Agreement or the Option Agreement terminates for any reason (provided that if Tenant has commenced and is diligently pursuing such obligations but is unable despite such efforts to complete such obligations as required hereunder within such 60 day period, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional 30 days to complete such obligations), or (ii) one year after the date of the Closing Date (as defined in the Option Agreement) under the Option Agreement if the Option is validly exercised by Tenant and the Closing occurs under (and as defined in) the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate to agree on an earlier date for performing such repair obligations in connection with any new Lease (as defined in the Option Agreement) proposal to which Tenant is willing to give or has given its consent in accordance with the Option Agreement. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Termination Agreement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Contingency Date, a letter of credit issued by Union Bank, N.A. (“Union Bank”) or other bank acceptable to Landlord in an amount to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant prior to the Contingency Date, and in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Repair Letter of Credit”) to secure Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 5(b) and in Exhibit A. The Repair Letter of Credit shall be returned by Landlord if and when Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 5(b) are satisfied fully as provided herein and Tenant has provided to Landlord unconditional lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers performing services or providing materials in connection with such restoration obligations, and the time period for filing claims with respect to such services or materials has expired. If such obligations are not so satisfied by the applicable date set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Repair Letter of Credit and apply the proceeds thereof to the costs incurred by Landlord to perform such obligations.
 
      (c) The provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall survive any termination of the Lease and Existing Guaranty pursuant hereto, and the closing of the purchase and sale of the Property pursuant to the Option Agreement.
 
  6.   Representations and Warranties. (a) Tenant and Guarantor each represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is the owner of all of the Tenant’s interest in the Lease; (ii) Tenant has not made any disposition, assignment, sublease, or conveyance of the Lease or Tenant’s interest therein; (iii) neither Tenant nor Guarantor has any knowledge of any fact or circumstance which would give rise to any claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising out of or in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises; (iv) no other person or entity has an interest in Tenant’s interest in the Lease; (v) there are no outstanding contracts for the supply of labor or material and no work has been done or is being done in, to or about the Premises which has not been fully paid for and for which appropriate waivers of mechanic’s liens have

4


 

      not been obtained; (vi) Tenant is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and is qualified to do business in and in good standing under the laws of the State of California; (vii) Tenant and Guarantor each has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Termination Agreement, and Tenant’s representatives are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Termination Agreement on behalf of Tenant, to execute and deliver the instruments specified herein, and generally to perform Tenant’s and Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and thereunder; (viii) this Termination Agreement and all documents executed by Tenant and Guarantor which are to be delivered hereunder do not and at the Contingency Date will not violate any provision of any agreement or judicial order to which Tenant or Guarantor is a party or to which Tenant or Guarantor is subject; (ix) neither Tenant nor Guarantor has (A) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (B) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of any involuntary petition by Tenant’s or Guarantor’s creditors, (C) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s assets, (D) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s assets, (Ei) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (F) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally; and (x) the financial statements of Tenant and Guarantor delivered to Landlord pursuant to the Option Agreement are each true and correct in all respects and fairly present the financial condition of Guarantor and Tenant, respectively, as of the respective dates thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of Guarantor or Tenant since the respective dates thereof.
 
      (b) Landlord represents and warrants that: (i) Landlord is the owner of all of the landlord’s interest in the Lease; (ii) Landlord has not made any disposition, assignment, sublease or conveyance of the Lease or landlord’s interest therein; (iii) Landlord has no knowledge of any fact or circumstance which would give rise to any claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising out of or in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises; (iv) no other person or entity has an interest in Landlord’s interest in the Lease; (v) Landlord is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in and in good standing under the laws of the State of California; (vi) Landlord has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Termination Agreement, and Landlord’s representatives are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Termination Agreement on behalf of Landlord, to execute and deliver the instruments specified herein, and generally to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder and thereunder; (vii) this Termination Agreement and all documents executed by Landlord which are to be delivered hereunder do not and at the Contingency Date will not violate any provision of any agreement, mortgage or deed of trust or judicial order to which Landlord is a party or to which Landlord is subject; (viii) Landlord has not (A) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (B) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of any involuntary petition by Landlord’s creditors, (C) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of Landlord’s assets, (D) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of Landlord’s assets, (E) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (F) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

5


 

      (c) The foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed to be remade by Tenant and Guarantor and Landlord in full as of the Contingency Date.
 
  7.   Termination Fee. As consideration for and as a condition of the waivers, releases, covenants and other agreements of Landlord herein, Landlord shall receive the sum of $5,400,000.00 (the “Termination Fee”) at the following times and in the following manner: (a) upon the full execution and delivery of this Termination Agreement, Landlord shall retain and apply toward the Termination Fee the sum of $3,100,000.00 currently being held by Landlord in the form of (i) the Security Deposit under the Lease in the amount of $410,522.00 and (ii) prepaid rent currently held by Landlord under the Lease in the amount of $2,689,478.00; and (b) on or before the Contingency Date, Guarantor (but not Tenant), shall pay directly to Landlord, from Guarantor’s funds which have not be received by Tenant, by cashier’s or certified check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Landlord, the sum of $2,300,000.00. In the event that Landlord does not receive, on or before the Contingency Date: (A) the entire Termination Fee as required above, (B) the Initial Option Consideration, and (C) all of the documents required to be delivered on or before the Contingency Date hereunder and under the Option Agreement, including without limitation, the Repair Letter of Credit and the Guaranty, and current financial statements for Guarantor reasonably acceptable to Landlord and demonstrating that Guarantor has the ability to meet his obligations hereunder, under the Guaranty and under the Option Agreement, or if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the amount of the Repair Letter of Credit on or before the Contingency Date or if Tenant fails to fulfill its obligations under Paragraph 5(a) above on or before the Contingency Date, or if any of the representations and warranties of Tenant or Guarantor under Paragraph 6(a) is not true and correct as of the Contingency Date in any material respect, then in any such event (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Pre-Negotiation Agreement dated October 18, 2002 executed by the parties (the “Pre-Negotiation Agreement”), Tenant shall be in default under the Lease for failure to pay rent and all other amounts due under the Lease for October 2002, and it shall be a default hereunder and under the Option Agreement, (2) this Termination Agreement and the Option Agreement shall terminate and be of no force of effect, and the provisions hereof, including, without limitation the termination of the Lease and Existing Guaranty under Paragraph 1 above, and the releases set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3 above, shall be null and void, but not including the provisions hereof or of the Option Agreement which expressly survive a termination hereof or thereof, (3) the Lease and Existing Guaranty (as reaffirmed by the Reaffirmation of Guaranty) shall not be deemed terminated and shall remain in full force and effect, (4) the portion of the Termination Fee described in clause (a)(ii) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 7 shall be deemed to be prepaid rent paid pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (5) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Termination Agreement and the Option Agreement. The foregoing provisions shall survive the termination of this Termination Agreement.
 
      Provided neither Tenant nor Guarantor is in default under this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement or the Guaranty, or any documents entered into in connection with the Option Agreement, in each case at the Effective Termination Date and as of the Contingency Date, as applicable, and provided further that all conditions and contingencies set forth herein and in the Option Agreement (to the extent the conditions in the Option Agreement are required to be satisfied by the Option Payment Date, as defined in the Option Agreement) have been satisfied as of the Contingency Date, including without limitation, execution and delivery of the Guaranty and the

6


 

      Reaffirmation of Guaranty and all other documents required under Sections 2.1.1 and 2.2.1 of the Option Agreement, and receipt by Landlord of the entire Termination Fee as required hereunder and of the Initial Option Consideration as required under the Option Agreement, and provided the representations and warranties of Tenant and Guarantor under Paragraph 6(a) are true and correct as of the Effective Termination Date and the Contingency Date in all material respects, then Landlord shall return the existing Letter of Credit issued by Union Bank in the amount of $3,000,000.00 (less any amounts previously applied by Landlord) held by Landlord pursuant to Section 17 of the Original Lease (the “Existing Letter of Credit”), on the Contingency Date as provided in this Paragraph 7. On or before the Contingency Date, Landlord shall agree to place the original Existing Letter of Credit in trust with Union Bank for it to be returned by Union Bank to Tenant or Guarantor or cancelled (as applicable) upon receipt by Union Bank of written notice from Landlord that all of the foregoing conditions and contingencies have been so satisfied, provided that an agreement acceptable in form and substance to Landlord has been entered into among Landlord, Tenant, Guarantor and Union Bank providing for the return of the original Existing Letter of Credit by Union Bank to Landlord promptly upon Union Bank’s receipt of notice from Landlord that any such conditions and contingencies are not satisfied as of the Contingency Date, and further providing that neither Tenant nor Guarantor nor their representatives or agents will give Union Bank any instructions contrary to those of Landlord.
 
  8.   Operating Expenses and Property Taxes. Notwithstanding anything in this Termination Agreement to the contrary, Tenant shall remain liable for its obligations under the Lease arising or accruing prior to the Effective Termination Date regarding year-end adjustments with respect to Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (including Property Taxes) for that portion of the calendar year up to and including the Effective Termination Date but only to the extent such obligations exceed $5,000. Such amount (if owed by Tenant hereunder) shall be paid by Tenant at the time, in the manner and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease, specifically Sections 4.2 and 10 of the Original Lease, unless otherwise specified herein. If, however, Tenant is owed a credit for such obligations, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay such amounts to Tenant if the Lease is terminated as provided herein unless and only to the extent such amount exceeds $5,000. At Landlord’s option, any such amounts owed to Tenant may be paid by offset against the Additional Option Consideration (as defined in the Option Agreement).
 
  9.   Surviving Provisions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sections 6.2(c), 8.5 and 8.6 of the Original Lease, and any provisions of the Lease which state that they survive a termination of the Lease, shall survive the termination of the Lease and Existing Guaranty hereunder.
 
  10.   Confidentiality. Tenant and Guarantor hereby acknowledge and agree that neither Tenant nor Guarantor nor any of their respective agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant or Guarantor shall disclose any matters set forth in this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement or any documents entered into in connection herewith or therewith, or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof or thereof, to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the express written consent of Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing prohibition shall not apply to (a) disclosures to attorneys, accountants, lenders, investors and insurers provided that such parties are informed of the confidential nature of the terms and conditions of this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement and such other

7


 

      documents, and, provided further, that such parties are directed to treat such terms and conditions as confidential, or (b) disclosures required by any applicable law or regulation and, in such event, the disclosing party shall disclose only the specific matters set forth in this Termination Agreement, the Option Agreement or such other documents as are required by law. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall survive any termination of this Termination Agreement or the Option Agreement and the closing of the purchase and sale of the Property pursuant to the Option Agreement.
 
  11.   Contingency. In addition to the other conditions set forth herein, this Termination Agreement is contingent upon Landlord and Tenant entering into the Option Agreement, payment by Guarantor (and not by Tenant) of the Initial Option Consideration from Guarantor’s funds which have not been received by Tenant and delivery by Guarantor to Landlord of the Reaffirmation of Guaranty (as defined in the Option Agreement) and the Guaranty, and the other documents or items required under Paragraph 2.1.1 of the Option Agreement, in each case concurrently herewith. If any such contingencies is not satisfied concurrently with the execution of this Termination Agreement, or if this Termination Agreement and such other documents are not fully executed and delivered by the parties, in each case on or before October 25, 2002, then this Termination Agreement shall terminate and be null and void and of no force or effect (other than the provisions of Paragraphs 7, 10, 11, 13(b) and 13(j) hereof which shall survive any termination of this Termination Agreement), and the Lease and Existing Guaranty (as reaffirmed by the Reaffirmation of Guaranty) shall continue in full force and effect as if this Termination Agreement had not been executed, without any notice or further action by the parties and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Pre-Negotiation Agreement, Tenant shall be in default for failure to pay rent and all other amounts due under the Lease for October, 2002; provided, however, that, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute a reaffirmation of the Lease, in the form provided by Landlord reaffirming the Lease and Guarantor shall execute the Reaffirmation of Guaranty; provided, further, however that the failure of Tenant or Guarantor to do so shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the Lease or the Existing Guaranty or the rights and remedies of Landlord thereunder.
 
  12.   Guarantor. This Termination Agreement shall be of no force and effect unless and until accepted by the Guarantor and his spouse, who each hereby and pursuant to the Reaffirmation of Guaranty reaffirm their obligations under the Existing Guaranty, and if the Guarantor and his spouse do not execute and deliver the Option Agreement, the Reaffirmation of Guaranty and the Guaranty concurrently herewith (in addition to the other conditions and contingencies set forth herein). Guarantor acknowledges that the execution of this Termination Agreement, the Reaffirmation of Guaranty, the Option Agreement and the Guaranty by Guarantor and his spouse is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Termination Agreement and the Option Agreement.
 
  13.   Miscellaneous.
 
  a.   Voluntary Agreement. The parties have read this Termination Agreement and the mutual releases contained in it, and on advice of counsel they have freely and voluntarily entered into this Termination Agreement.
 
  b.   Attorneys’ Fees. Each party shall bear their own attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Termination

8


 

      Agreement (except as provided in Paragraph 7). If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Termination Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit. The foregoing provisions shall survive any termination of this Termination Agreement.
 
  c.   Successors. This Termination Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of parties and their respective successors, heirs, representatives, assigns and related entities.
 
  d.   Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Termination Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties hereby agree that the facsimile signatures shall be binding upon the parties to this Termination Agreement.
 
  e.   Governing Law. This Termination Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
 
  f.   Additional Documents. Each of the parties hereto specifically agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents, as may be reasonably required to effectuate the terms, conditions and objectives of this Termination Agreement.
 
  g.   Entire Agreement. This Termination Agreement, together with the Option Agreement, the Guaranty, the Reaffirmation of Guaranty and the documents to be executed in connection with the Option Agreement and the Pre-Negotiation Agreement, constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, discussions, statements and negotiations of the parties relating to the subject matter herein contained.
 
  h.   Authority. Each person signing this Termination Agreement on behalf of the respective parties represents and warrants that he or she has the capacity and is authorized to execute and deliver this Termination Agreement, and that this Termination Agreement will thereby become binding upon such party, respectively.
 
  i.   Headings and Titles. The headings and titles to the Paragraphs of this Termination Agreement are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of any part of this Termination Agreement.
 
  j.   WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (a) ARISING UNDER THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE MODIFICATION HEREOF OR (b) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT (AS NOW OR

9


 

      HEREAFTER MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA HAVING VENUE IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT OR THE OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THE CLOSING OF THE PURCHASE AND SALE PURSUANT TO THE OPTION AGREEMENT.
 
  k.   ADVICE OF COUNSEL. THE PARTIES REPRESENT AND DECLARE TO EACH OTHER THAT THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT AND KNOW THE CONTENTS THEREOF, AND THAT THEY SIGN THE SAME FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY. EACH OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT THEY ARE EFFECTING THIS SETTLEMENT AND EXECUTING THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT AFTER HAVING RECEIVED FULL LEGAL ADVICE AS TO THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS FROM THEIR ATTORNEYS. THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT IS THE PRODUCT OF NEGOTIATIONS AND PREPARATION BY AND AMONG EACH PARTY HERETO AND HIS, HER OR ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL. THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED PREPARED OR DRAFTED BY ONE PARTY OR ANOTHER AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED ACCORDINGLY.
 
  l.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Termination Agreement, Tenant and Guarantor hereby agree that recovery against Landlord or any Landlord Party for any breach or other action arising out of this Termination Agreement shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Property.
 
  m.   All of the understandings, covenants, and agreements contained herein are solely for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no other person or party is intended to be benefited, in any way, by this Termination Agreement.
 
  n.   Each party to this Termination hereby confirms and admits that she, he or it has read and understands this Termination Agreement and that she, he or it has been fully advised and represented by counsel with respect to this Termination Agreement and all negotiations giving rise to it, and that he or it has fully

10


 

      discussed this Termination Agreement and its terms, consequences and ramifications with her, his or its respective counsel.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Termination Agreement on the day and year first above written.

             
    LANDLORD:        
 
    AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership        
 
    By:   AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION, a Maryland
corporation, its general partner
   
 
        By:    
           
            John L. Rossi
 
        Its:   Vice President
         
 
 
    TENANT:
 
    HYSEQ, INC., a Nevada corporation
         
    By:    
       
    Name:    
       
    Title:    
       
 
    By:    
       
    Name:    
       
    Title:    
       

11


 

         
    GUARANTOR:
         
   
    George Rathmann
         
    SSN #:
       
    The undersigned, the wife of George Rathmann, hereby consents to the foregoing Termination Agreement and acknowledges that such agreement and the other documents entered into by George Rathmann in connection therewith creates binding obligations of George Rathmann and the undersigned, and their individual, joint and community assets.
         
    SPOUSE OF GUARANTOR:
         
         
   
    Frances Joy Rathmann
         
    SSN #:
       

12


 

EXHIBIT A

RESTORATION OBLIGATIONS

Tenant shall perform the following repair and restoration work in the Premises in accordance with this Exhibit A and Paragraph 5(b) of this Termination Agreement.

1.     Fill in holes and penetrations in concrete flooring which shall be doweled to prevent ripping and shall be adequately tied into the existing structural components of the building.

2.     Rebuild and replace all bathroom cores.

3.     Restore lighting distribution system and replace lighting fixtures, sufficient to create a minimally acceptable illuminating level compatible with the square footage of the Premises.

     The foregoing work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with industry standards, by reputable contractors and subcontractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord who are licensed in California and who are bonded pursuant to a surety bond in form and issued by a surety acceptable to Landlord, in an amount equal to not less than 150% of the total estimated cost of the work, and in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with other tenants in the building (if any) and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

     All contractors performing any portion of the work shall maintain Commercial General Liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability occurring in or about the Premises and arising out of performance of the work. Such insurance shall have a minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) and shall name Landlord as an additional insured.

     Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s contractors reasonable access to the Premises to perform the work during the applicable time period for performing the work specified in Paragraph 5(b) of this Termination Agreement. Such access shall be during hours reasonably determined by Landlord and in accordance with rules and regulations as may be reasonably established by Landlord and modified by Landlord from time to time.

     Tenant hereby acknowledges that the use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents and contractors who perform the work shall be at their own risk and Tenant shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, protect and hold Landlord and Landlord Parties (as defined in this Termination Agreement) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees, which may be imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted against Landlord or any Landlord Parties and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in connection with the work.

     Tenant agrees to provide 10 days’ written notice to Landlord prior to commencement of any portion of the work to enable Landlord to file a Notice of Non-Responsibility with respect to the work.

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

REPAIR LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. ______________

Date: ______________, 2002

To: AMB Property, L.P.

By Mail or Messenger:

    AMB Property, L.P.
Pier 1, Bay 1
San Francisco, CA 94111
ATTN: John L. Rossi

1.   By the order of our client, HYSEQ, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Applicant”), we hereby issue in favor of AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or its transferee, (“Beneficiary”), our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                      for the amount of                      U.S. Dollars (U.S. $                     ) (“Letter of Credit”).
 
2.   This Letter of Credit is issued by [INSERT NAME OF ISSUING BANK], with an address at [INSERT LOCAL ADDRESS OF BANK].
 
3.   This Letter of Credit is effective immediately and expires at 5:00 p.m. (Pacific daylight or standard time, whichever is then in effect) on                     , 200     [INSERT DATE WHICH IS 1 YEAR PLUS 90 DAYS AFTER CLOSING DATE UNDER THE OPTION AGREEMENT] at our address specified above (“Expiration Date”). The “Term” of this Letter of Credit shall be the period commencing as of the date first set forth above and continuing through and including the Expiration Date.
 
4.   Beneficiary may make full or multiple partial draws from time to time upon this Letter of Credit upon presentation to us (at our branch and address specified above, or if Beneficiary is not able for any reason so to present such document, to us at any other branch or to us by telecopier (at telecopier number                     ) of one or more certificates, each signed by Beneficiary, in the forms of Exhibit “A” and Exhibit “B” attached hereto. We acknowledge and agree that upon receipt of the documentation required herein, we will honor your draws against this Letter of Credit without inquiry into the accuracy of Beneficiary’s signed certificate(s) regardless of whether Applicant disputes the content of such certificate(s).
 
5.   Each payment under this Letter of Credit will be made, upon presentation of the documents specified herein, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to:

B-1


 

   
Bank: Bank of America
Location: Dallas, Texas
ABA Number: 111000012
Account Name: AMB PROPERTY, L.P.
 Legacy Partners
  Account Number:    3750788679
Reference: Hyseq, Inc.

    or to any other bank account of which Beneficiary notifies us. For all purposes of this Letter of Credit, the term “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in the City of San Francisco.
 
6.   Applicant shall pay all costs of, or in connection with, this Letter of Credit, including without limitation for any amendment hereto or transfers hereof.
 
7.   This Letter of Credit cannot be amended, discharged or terminated except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of Beneficiary and the undersigned on or before the Expiration Date.
 
8.   This Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking, and such terms shall not in any way be modified, amended, amplified or limited by reference to any document, instrument or agreement referred to herein; and any such reference shall not be deemed to incorporate in this Letter of Credit by reference any document, instrument or agreement.
 
9.   Except as otherwise stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 1993 revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication Brochure No. 500 (“UCP”). As to matters not covered by the UCP and to the extent not inconsistent with the UCP, this Letter of Credit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
 
(c)   Please address all communications regarding this Letter of Credit to us at [INSERT CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS OF BANK], mentioning specifically our Letter of Credit No.                     .
 
(d)   This Letter of Credit may be successively transferred upon request of and without charge to Beneficiary, without any action by Applicant.

 
Very truly yours,
 
[BANK]
 
 

By:
 
 
 


Its: ______________________________________[Authorized Signature]

B-2


 

EXHIBIT “A”

___________________, 200____

     
[ISSUING   BANK
BRANCH AND ADDRESS]

Re: Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. _______________     (the “Letter of Credit”)

The undersigned, an authorized representative of [INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY], the beneficiary under the above-referenced Letter of Credit (the “Beneficiary”), hereby certifies that it is entitled to the sums to be drawn under the Letter of Credit pursuant to the Conditional Lease Termination Agreement as of October 1, 2002 between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Hyseq, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and George Rathmann.

[INSERT SIGNATURE BLOCK OF BENEFICIARY IF NOT AMB PROPERTY, L.P.]

AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

       
By:   AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION,
a Maryland corporation, its general partner
     
    By:
   
    Name:
   
    Its:
   

This Exhibit “A” is considered as an integral part of our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. __________________ dated _______________.

B-3


 

EXHIBIT “B”

SIGHT DRAFT

 

Drawn under

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ______________

     
U.S. $_____________   _________________, 200____

To: [INSERT NAME OF BANK AND ADDRESS]

AT SIGHT, Pay to the order of AMB PROPERTY, L.P, [OR INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY IF NOT AMB PROPERTY, L.P.] _________________ United States Dollars (U.S.  $______________).

[INSERT SIGNATURE BLOCK OF BENEFICIARY IF NOT AMB PROPERTY, L.P.]

AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

       
By:   AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION,
a Maryland corporation, its general partner
 
    By:
   
     
    Name:
   
     
    Its:
   

This Exhibit “B” is considered as an integral part of our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ________________ dated ________________.

B-4 EX-10.45 5 f88137exv10w45.htm EXHIBIT 10.45 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

Exhibit 10.45

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

     THIS AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 9, 2002 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by Hyseq, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and Dr. George B. Rathmann (“Dr. Rathmann”).

     WHEREAS, the Company and Dr. Rathmann are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Line of Credit Agreement, by and between the Company and Dr. Rathmann, dated as of April 3, 2002 (the “Agreement”).

     WHEREAS, the Company is considering entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Vertical Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Variagenics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Vertical”);

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control, the Line of Credit shall expire, and Dr. Rathmann shall have no further obligation to make any Advances to the Company;

     WHEREAS, Dr. Rathmann and the Company wish to enter into this Amendment in order to induce Vertical to enter into the Merger Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.     Section 1.6 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding immediately following the period at the end thereof the following:

     “Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Company, Vertical Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Variagenics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, dated November 9, 2002 shall not be deemed to constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement.”

     2.     All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

     3.     This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. This Amendment may be executed in or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original abut all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     4.     Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Agreement.

     5.     This Amendment shall become effective upon the Closing under the Merger Agreement.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to Amended and Restated Line of Credit Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

     
    DR. GEORGE B. RATHMANN
     
     
   
Dr. George B. Rathmann
     
     
     
    HYSEQ, INC.
     
     
   
By: Dr. Ted W. Love
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

  EX-10.46 6 f88137exv10w46.htm EXHIBIT 10.46 exv10w46

 

EXHIBIT 10.46

REAL PROPERTY OPTION AND SALE AGREEMENT
AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

     THIS REAL PROPERTY OPTION AND SALE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS (this “Agreement”) is made as of October 1, 2002 by and between AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Seller”), and HYSEQ, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Buyer”).

RECITALS:

     A.     Seller is the owner of the Property (hereinafter defined).

     B.     Seller desires to afford Buyer an option to Purchase the Property, and Buyer desires to acquire an option to purchase the Property, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein, the parties agree as follows:

Article 1: DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):

          “Additional Option Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.3.

          “Approved Conditions of Title” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.3.

          “Appurtenances” means, collectively, all easements, rights, licenses, covenants and other matters of record appurtenant to and benefiting the Property including any rights (such as rights and authorizations in permits or licenses) which benefit the Property but which may or may not be of record, but excluding trade names of Seller or its affiliates.

          “Business Day” means those weekdays on which Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, is open for business to the public and is conducting its customary banking transactions in the State of California.

          “Buyer’s Option Note” means the promissory note in the original principal amount of TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,600,000), to be delivered by Buyer to Seller in payment of a portion of the Option Consideration pursuant to Section 2.2 and, if the Option is exercised, in payment of a portion of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.5, in the form and substance of Exhibit D attached hereto.

          “Buyer’s Purchase Note” means the secured promissory note in the original principal amount of TEN MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,800,000), to be delivered by Buyer to Seller in payment of a portion of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.5, in the form and substance of Exhibit E attached hereto.

1


 

          “Buyer’s Title Policy” means an ALTA Owners Policy of Title Insurance (including such endorsements as Buyer may reasonably specify) insuring Buyer in the amount of the Purchase Price (or such lower amount that Buyer determines) that fee simple title to the Property is vested in Buyer, subject only to the Approved Conditions of Title.

          “Closing” means the procedures which culminate in the purchase and sale of the Property which this Agreement contemplates; the Closing entails, among other things, satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent in Article 5 hereof, delivery of the Purchase Price and the Loan Documents to Seller, and recordation of the Grant Deed, the Deed of Trust and the Subordination Agreement.

          “Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing is to occur pursuant to Section 6.1. If Buyer and Seller shall agree in writing to conduct the Closing upon some other date (which must be a Business Day), then “Closing Date” shall mean such other date.

          “Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(a).

          “Deed of Trust” means a first deed of trust, assignment of rents and leases, security agreement and fixture filing, in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit F. The Deed of Trust shall be made by Buyer, as trustor, to the Title Company, as trustee, in favor of Seller, as beneficiary, to secure Buyer’s obligations under the Buyer’s Purchase Note (and not under the Buyer’s Option Note for which the Letter of Credit shall instead serve as collateral during the “Extension Period” under the Buyer’s Option Note) and shall be subject only to such liens and encumbrances as approved by Seller in writing prior to the Closing Date.

          “Disclosure Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(c).

          “Due Diligence Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(a).

          “Effective Date” means the date this Agreement, the Lease Termination Agreement and the Guaranty are each fully executed and delivered by the parties hereto and thereto.

          “Escrow” means the escrow facilities and account established at the offices of the Title Company. Buyer and Seller shall utilize the Escrow for purposes of closing the transactions which this Agreement contemplates.

          “Escrow Holder” means the Title Company, in its capacity as the escrow holder with respect to the Escrow.

          “Exception Matters” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.4.

          “Existing Guaranty” means that certain Guaranty of Lease executed by Guarantor in favor of Seller in connection with the Existing Lease.

          “Existing Lease” means the Lease Agreement dated June 23, 2000 by and between Buyer, as tenant, and Seller, as landlord, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease

2


 

Agreement dated as of December 14, 2000, whereby Seller has heretofore leased a portion of the Property to Buyer.

          “Grant Deed” means the grant deed in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto by which Seller causes title to the Property to be conveyed to Buyer at Closing.

          “Guarantor” means George Rathmann, an individual.

          “Guaranty” means the Guaranty in the form and substance of Exhibit G attached hereto and executed by Guarantor in favor of Seller pursuant to Section 2.1.

          “Improvements” means all improvements and fixtures situated on the Real Property.

          “Initial Option Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.1.

          “Initial Transaction Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.

          “Junior Deed of Trust” means the deed of trust in the form of Exhibit O attached hereto to be executed by Buyer in favor of Guarantor. The Junior Deed of Trust shall be subordinated to the Deed of Trust pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement.

          “Lease” means any tenant lease, license or occupancy agreement covering the Property, other than the Existing Lease.

          “Lease Termination Agreement” means the Lease Termination Agreement of even date herewith by and between Buyer and Seller, whereby Seller and Buyer have agreed to terminate the Existing Lease, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

          “Letter of Credit” means the irrevocable standby letter of credit to be delivered by Buyer to Seller at the Closing pursuant to the terms of the Deed of Trust, in the form and substance of Exhibit K attached hereto, and issued by Union Bank of California, N.A., or such other bank acceptable to Seller. The Letter of Credit shall be in the initial amount of $2,600,000, provided that on each anniversary of the Closing, Seller shall cause the amount drawable under the Letter of Credit to be reduced by the amount of principal payments made by Buyer during the previous calendar year under Buyer’s Option Note as provided under the Letter of Credit.

          “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Buyer’s Option Note, the Buyer’s Purchase Note, the Letter of Credit, the Deed of Trust and the Subordination Agreement.

          “Official Records” means the Official Records of the County of Santa Clara, State of California.

          “Option” means the option granted by Seller to Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof.

3


 

          “Option Consideration” means, collectively, the Initial Option Consideration and the Additional Option Consideration. The Option Consideration shall create an Option for the Option Period.

          “Option Legal Opinion” means a legal opinion in form and substance acceptable to Seller in its sole discretion, opining to Seller that: (a) the Buyer’s Option Note, when executed, is a legal, valid and binding instrument, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms; (b) Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing in the state of its formation; (c) Buyer is qualified to do business and is in good standing in the State of California; (d) Buyer has all requisite power and authority to enter into the Buyer’s Option Note; (e) the Buyer’s Option Note has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer; and (f) such other matters, incident to the transactions contemplated hereby, as Seller may reasonably request.

          “Option Payment Date” means November 1, 2002, the date upon which the Initial Option Consideration and the first installment of the Additional Option Consideration is due and payable pursuant to Section 2.2.

          “Option Period” means the period between the Option Payment Date and the earlier of (a) the date Buyer exercises the Option pursuant to Section 2.3, (b) 5:00 PM on April 30, 2003, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 2.4, or (c) the date of notice by Buyer to Seller electing to terminate the Option early pursuant to Section 2.4.

          “Personal Property” means the equipment, furniture and fixtures and other personal property, if any, which are actually owned by Seller, located on the Real Property and used exclusively for the Property.

          “Phase 1 Environmental Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2.

          “Property” means, collectively, (i) the Real Property, including all Appurtenances (to the extent transferable), (ii) the Improvements, and (iii) the Personal Property.

          “Purchase Price” shall mean the principal amount of FIFTEEN MILLION THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,300,000), which Buyer shall be obligated to pay to Seller in the manner specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

          “Real Property” means that certain real property located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California, commonly known as 225, 249 and 257 Humboldt Court, Sunnyvale, California, and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

          “Reaffirmation of Guaranty” means the Reaffirmation of Guaranty duly executed by Guarantor in favor of Seller with respect to the Existing Guaranty, in the form and substance of Exhibit G-1 attached hereto.

          “Report” means the preliminary title report issued by the Title Company covering the Property, as such Report may be updated from time to time. A copy of the Report is attached hereto as Exhibit O.

          “Seller Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(b).

4


 

          “Seller’s Knowledge” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

          “Seller’s Title Policy” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.7.

          “Subordination Agreement” means the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement to be entered into by and between Guarantor and Seller, in the form and substance of Exhibit H attached hereto.

          “Title Company” means First American Title Company, whose office, for purposes of the transactions which this Agreement contemplates, is located at the address set forth in Section 10.6; provided, however, that Buyer agrees that the Title Company can be Chicago Title Insurance Company if it matches the quote for the premium for the Seller’s Title Policy obtained by Buyer from First American Title Company.

          “Warrant” means a warrant to purchase shares of Buyer’s common stock, $.001 par value (“Common Stock”), to be delivered by Buyer to Seller on the Option Payment Date. The Warrant shall be in the form and substance of Exhibit L attached hereto and shall be dated as of the Option Payment Date. The Warrant shall have an exercise price per share equal to two (2) times the weighted trading average stock price for the ten (10) most recent trading days preceding the Option Payment Date on which days the Buyer’s Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a principal national securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Buyer’s Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on a principal national securities exchange on any of the ten (10) consecutive trading days preceding the Option Payment Date, then Buyer’s Board of Directors may elect to set the exercise price per share at such lower amount as they shall determine in good faith to be equal to two (2) times the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the Option Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, by notifying Buyer in writing within thirty (30) days after issuance of the Warrant, to cause an independent investment banking firm (selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules) to determine the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the Option Payment Date (“Independent Price Determination”). Upon such determination, the original Warrant issued hereunder shall be amended to provide for a revised exercise price equal to two (2) times the fair market value of the Common Stock as so determined and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Warrant shall also be revised in accordance with the Share Formula (as defined below). If the revised exercise price determined as a result of the Independent Price Determination is less than the original exercise price provided under the Warrant, all costs incurred in connection with the Independent Price Determination shall be paid by Buyer; in all other instances such costs shall be borne entirely by Seller. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Warrant shall be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (X) the Black Scholes Warrant Valuation by (Y) the exercise price per share as determined above; provided that such quotient shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number (“Share Formula”). The parties agree that, for the purposes of determination of the value of the Warrant, the “Black Scholes Warrant Valuation” shall be Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000).

5


 

ARTICLE 2: OPTION AND AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE

     2.1 Purchase and Sale; Initial Consideration.

          2.1.1 Pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2002, Seller hereby grants to Buyer an Option to buy the Property and if the Option is validly exercised by Buyer hereunder, Buyer shall purchase the Property from Seller for the Purchase Price; provided however, that concurrently with the execution of this Agreement by the parties, in consideration for Seller entering into this Agreement and the Lease Termination Agreement, Buyer shall deliver to Seller the original Guaranty and the original Reaffirmation of Guaranty; provided, further however, that the failure of Guarantor to deliver the Reaffirmation of Guaranty shall in no event affect Seller’s rights or remedies under the Existing Guaranty or the enforceability thereof against Guarantor. The delivery of the Guaranty and the Reaffirmation of Guaranty described above shall be collectively referred to as the “Initial Transaction Consideration.” If any of the Initial Transaction Consideration is not duly executed and delivered to Seller concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement and the Lease Termination Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect, Buyer shall be in default under the Existing Lease for failure to pay rent and other amounts due for October, 2002, and the Existing Lease and the Existing Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement and the Lease Termination Agreement had never been executed. The provisions of this Section 2.1 shall survive any termination of this Agreement

          2.1.2 For purposes of this Agreement, the Escrow shall be deemed opened on the date Escrow Holder shall have received from Buyer a fully executed copy of this Agreement, which shall occur no later than October 25, 2002. Escrow Holder shall notify Buyer and Seller in writing of the date Escrow is opened.

     2.2 Option Consideration.

          2.2.1 Initial Option Consideration. On or before 5:00 PM on the Option Payment Date, Buyer or Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to Seller or as directed by Seller to the account of Seller:

               (a) the amount of One Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,700,000) in immediately available funds, which amount shall be paid by Guarantor directly to Seller from Guarantor’s funds which have not been received from Buyer;

               (b) the original Buyer’s Option Note, duly executed by Buyer in favor of Seller;

               (c) the amount of Ninety-Five Thousand Dollars ($95,000), in immediately available funds, representing the first installment of the Additional Option Consideration payable by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.2.3;

               (d) the original Warrant, duly executed by Buyer;

               (e) the original Option Legal Opinion, duly executed by Buyer’s legal counsel and dated as of the Option Payment Date; and

6


 

               (f) the most recent financial statements or balance sheet of Guarantor, certified by Guarantor to Seller as being true and correct in all material respects and fairly representing the financial condition of Guarantor.

The funds paid under subsection (a) above, the Warrant and the Buyer’s Option Note shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Initial Option Consideration”. If any of the Initial Option Consideration or other items above is not duly executed (as applicable) and delivered so as to be effective on or before 5:00 p.m. on the Option Payment Date, then this Agreement shall terminate, Buyer shall be in default under the Existing Lease for failure to pay rent and any other sums due thereunder for October, 2002, the Option shall be null and void, and neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities hereunder, except pursuant to this Section 2.2 and any other provisions of this Agreement which expressly survive such termination, and except that such termination shall in no event affect any of Seller’s rights or remedies under the Guaranty, the Existing Lease, the Lease Termination Agreement and the Existing Guaranty, as reaffirmed by the Reaffirmation of Guaranty, which Seller, Buyer and Guarantor acknowledge and agree shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

          2.2.2 Recordation of Memorandum and Quitclaim Deed.

               (a) Upon making the Initial Option Consideration, Buyer shall be entitled to require Seller and Escrow Holder to record a memorandum of the Option against the Property, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M (the “Memorandum”). Following Buyer’s delivery of the Initial Transaction Consideration pursuant to Section 2.1.1, Seller shall duly execute and acknowledge the Memorandum and deliver the Memorandum in recordable form to Escrow Holder. Escrow Holder shall record the Memorandum in the Official Records following Seller’s written confirmation to Escrow Holder that Seller has received the Initial Option Consideration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Seller shall have no obligation to deliver the Memorandum to Escrow Holder unless and until Buyer delivers the Quitclaim Deed to Seller pursuant to subsection (b) below.

               (b) Upon expiration of the Option or upon earlier termination of the Option for any reason pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Seller shall and is hereby instructed to record a quitclaim deed with respect to the Option in the Official Records relinquishing all of Buyer’s right, title and interest against the Property in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N (the “Quitclaim Deed”) without any notice to or any action on the part of Buyer. At the time of Buyer’s delivery of the Initial Transaction Consideration pursuant to Section 2.1.1, Buyer shall duly execute and acknowledge the Quitclaim Deed and deliver the Quitclaim Deed in recordable form to Seller. The Quitclaim Deed shall not be held in Escrow. If the Quitclaim Deed is received by Escrow Holder, Escrow Holder shall promptly deliver the same to Seller. Buyer shall promptly upon request execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents reasonably requested by Seller, including without limitation, a new quitclaim deed if required, to evidence termination of the Option and this Agreement and permit recordation of the Quitclaim Deed when required hereunder, as a condition to any termination of this Agreement by Buyer as provided herein. The foregoing obligation shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

7


 

          2.2.3 Additional Option Consideration. Commencing as of the Option Payment Date and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the Option Period, Buyer shall pay to Seller, as a portion of the Option Consideration, the sum of Ninety-Five Thousand Dollars ($95,000) per month (collectively, the “Additional Option Consideration”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the event that Buyer fails to pay Seller any installment of the Additional Option Consideration within five (5) days after written notice from Seller that the same is overdue, the Option and the Option Agreement shall be deemed terminated pursuant to Section 2.4 and Seller shall have the rights set forth in Section 2.4 as a result of such termination.

     2.3 Exercise of the Option. On or before 5:00 PM on April 30, 2003, Buyer may exercise the Option only by:

          2.3.1 notifying Seller in writing that it has exercised the Option and that each of Buyer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.2 are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such notice;

          2.3.2 delivering to Escrow Holder the balance of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.5; and

          2.3.3 immediately proceeding with the Closing in accordance with this Agreement.

The exercise of the Option shall require all of the foregoing and by exercising the Option, Buyer shall be conclusively deemed to have approved the Property and the title thereto and condition thereof and to have waived the contingencies set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 hereof.

     2.4 Failure to Exercise the Option. Should Buyer, upon written notice to Seller, terminate the Option at any time during the Option Period, or should Buyer fail to exercise the Option (and immediately proceed with the Closing of the Escrow) in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement (including, without limitation, payment and performance of all obligations under this Agreement required for a valid exercise of the Option) prior to the expiration of the Option Period, or fail to pay any installment of the Additional Option Consideration when and as required pursuant to Section 2.2.3, then in any such event (a) the outstanding principal balance and any other amounts accrued under the Buyer’s Option Note shall be immediately due and payable pursuant to the terms set forth therein and together with all other Option Consideration (including, without limitation, the Warrant) shall be deemed earned and may be retained by Seller, (b) Seller is hereby instructed to record the Quitclaim Deed in the Official Records without any notice to or action on the part of the Buyer, (c) if requested by Seller pursuant to Section 3.3.3, Buyer shall deliver to Seller any Due Diligence Materials specifically requested by Seller prior to such termination, and (d) this Agreement shall terminate, the Option shall be null and void, and neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities hereunder, except pursuant to this Section 2.4 and any other provisions of this Agreement which expressly survive such termination, and except that such termination shall in no event affect any of Seller’s rights or remedies under the Lease Termination Agreement, the Buyer’s Option Note or the Guaranty which Seller, Buyer and Guarantor acknowledge and agree shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Buyer and Guarantor hereby acknowledge and agree that in the

8


 

event of any termination of the Option or this Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.4, or pursuant to Article 3, Article 5 or Article 7, or the avoidance, for any reason, by Buyer, Buyer’s successors or Buyer’s creditors of all or any part of Buyer’s payment or performance obligations under this Agreement and/or any other agreement executed by the parties in connection herewith, neither Buyer nor Guarantor shall have any right to a refund by Seller of any portion of the Option Consideration paid by Guarantor or Buyer to Seller, of any portion of the Additional Option Consideration paid to Seller pursuant to Section 2.2.3, of any portion of the Termination Fee (as defined in the Termination Agreement) paid to Seller, or of any amounts payable under the Buyer’s Option Note or the Guaranty, which amounts shall be deemed fully earned when paid to Seller (except to the extent specifically provided in Section 5.3). The provisions of this Section 2.4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

     2.5 Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price (with full credit as provided hereinbelow for the Option Consideration then paid by Buyer to Seller) shall be paid by Buyer to Seller through Escrow as follows:

          2.5.1 immediately available funds in an amount equal to ONE MILLION NINE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($1,900,000) against which payment obligation shall be credited (a) the full amount of the cash portion of the Option Consideration then paid by Buyer to Seller pursuant to Section 2.2.1(a) and (b) the amount of the $200,000 value of the Warrant;

          2.5.2 the delivery of the original Buyer’s Purchase Note, duly executed by Buyer in favor of Seller, and the conversion by its terms of the Buyer’s Option Note previously executed and delivered by Buyer from partial payment of the Option Consideration to partial payment of the Purchase Price; and

          2.5.3 the delivery of the original Letter of Credit.

     2.6 Closing Costs and Prorations.

          2.6.1 Closing Costs.

               (a) Seller will pay: (i) one-half of all escrow fees and costs; (ii) all documentary transfer taxes; and (iii) Seller’s share of prorations.

               (b) Buyer will pay: (i) all premiums for the Buyer’s Title Policy and the Seller’s Title Policy, including the cost of any endorsements thereto, (ii) all document recording charges; (iii) one-half of all escrow fees and costs; (iv) the cost of any survey; and (v) Buyer’s share of prorations.

               (c) Each party shall pay its own legal and professional fees and fees of other consultants incurred by such party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent provided in Paragraph 7 of the Lease Termination Agreement. All other normal costs and expenses will be allocated between Buyer and Seller in accordance with the customary practice in the county in which the Property is located.

9


 

          2.6.2 Prorations. The following prorations shall be done and adjustments shall be made as follows:

               (a) Real and personal property taxes and assessments on the Property shall be prorated on the basis that Seller is responsible for (i) all such taxes for the fiscal year of the applicable taxing authorities occurring prior to the Current Tax Period (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) that portion of such taxes for the Current Tax Period determined on the basis of the number of days which have elapsed from the first day of the Current Tax Period to the Closing Date, inclusive, whether or not the same shall be payable prior to the Closing Date. The phrase “Current Tax Period” refers to the fiscal year of the applicable taxing authority in which the Closing Date occurs. In the event that as of the Closing Date the actual tax bills for the year or years in question are not available and the amount of taxes to be prorated as aforesaid cannot be ascertained, then rates and assessed valuation of the previous year, with known changes, shall be used, and when the actual amount of taxes and assessments for the year or years in question shall be determinable, then such taxes and assessments will be reprorated between the parties to reflect the actual amount of such taxes and assessments.

               (b) Rentals and other payments (including, without limitation, common area maintenance charges and payments for real property taxes and insurance premiums) shall be prorated as of the Closing Date.

               (c) Gas, water, electricity, heat, fuel, sewer and other utilities and the operating expenses relating to the Real Property shall be prorated as of the Closing Date. If the parties are unable to obtain final meter readings as of the Closing Date, such expenses shall be estimated as of the Closing Date on the basis of the prior operating history of the Property.

               (d) Seller shall be credited in Escrow with any refundable deposits held by any utility, governmental agency or service contractor, to the extent such deposits are assigned to Buyer on the Closing Date.

               (e) Buyer shall be charged for those prepaid expenses paid by Seller directly or indirectly allocable to any period from and after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, annual permit and confirmation fees, fees for licenses and all security or other deposits paid by Seller to third parties which Buyer elects to assume and to which Buyer then shall be entitled to the benefits and refund following the Closing Date.

               (f) At least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date, the parties shall agree upon an estimate of all of the prorations to be made and submit a statement to the Escrow Holder setting forth the same. In the event that any prorations, apportionments or computations made under this Section 2.6.2 shall require final adjustment, then the parties shall make the appropriate adjustments promptly when accurate information becomes available and either party hereto shall be entitled to an adjustment to correct the same. Any corrected adjustment or proration shall be paid in cash to the party entitled thereto. The provisions of this Section 2.6.2 shall survive the Closing and the recordation of the Grant Deed.

               (g) The amount of any security deposits held by Seller under any Lease shall be credited against the Purchase Price.

10


 

          2.6.3 Form of Payments. Any payment of money which this Agreement obligates a party to make on or prior to the Closing Date shall be made in the form of cash, federal wire transfer, a cashier’s check issued by any state or national bank doing business in the State of California, or other form of immediately available funds.

ARTICLE 3: CLOSING CONDITIONS

     3.1 Prior to Closing. The obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Section 3.1 are for the time period between the Option Payment Date and the Closing Date.

          3.1.1 Operation of the Property. Seller, at Seller’s expense, shall have the right to continue to operate the Property and enter into Contracts in the ordinary course of Seller’s business, provided that during the Option Period, Seller shall not enter into any new Lease, any encumbrance (other than an Approved Condition of Title) which would materially and adversely affect the condition of title to the Property, or any new Contract that is not terminable (i) upon Closing or (ii) with 30 days’ prior written notice, without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Seller shall have the right to extend the Closing Date for up to 30 days (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required) in order to terminate or eliminate any such Lease, encumbrance or Contract not so approved by Buyer.

          3.1.2 Inspection. Buyer shall have the right to inspect the Property pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3.

     3.2 Title.

          3.2.1 Review. Buyer has heretofore approved the legal description of the Real Property and any matters of title as disclosed by the following documents (collectively with any Survey (defined below), the “Title Documents”) prepared at Buyer’s sole cost and expense and delivered by the Title Company to Buyer: (a) the Report; and (b) legible copies of all documents, whether recorded or unrecorded, referred to in the Report, as and if obtainable by the Title Company. Buyer shall have approved during the Option Period any amendments or supplements to the Report and to any other Title Documents. Buyer acknowledges that Seller has heretofore delivered to Buyer a copy of the existing survey of the Real Property in Seller’s possession. At Buyer’s sole cost and expense, Buyer may, during the Option Period, have an ALTA as-built survey of the Real Property prepared by a licensed engineer or surveyor and contracted and paid for by Buyer (the “Survey”).

          3.2.2 Buyer’s Approval of Supplemental Title Matters. Provided that Buyer has exercised the Option pursuant to Section 2.3, Buyer may disapprove any exceptions to title which are first disclosed to Buyer after the expiration of the Option Period and prior to the Closing (collectively, the “Supplemental Exceptions”) within two (2) Business Days after the date on which a Supplemental Exception is first disclosed to Buyer. If Buyer disapproves of a Supplemental Exception, then Buyer may either (i) terminate this Agreement, in which event the provisions of Section 2.4 shall apply, or (ii) waive its disapproval and take title to the Property subject to such Supplemental Exception. If Buyer does not provide notice of its disapproval or waiver within such two-Business Day period, Buyer shall be deemed to have approved such Supplemental Exception

11


 

and to have elected to proceed with the purchase of the Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) in no event shall Buyer’s disapproval of any Supplemental Exception entitle Buyer to any refund of the Option Consideration should Buyer fail to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 2.3, and (b) Buyer’s purchase of the Property shall constitute a conclusive expression of Buyer’s satisfaction with respect to any Supplemental Exception.

          3.2.3 Condition of Title. It shall be a condition to the Closing for Buyer’s benefit that title to the Real Property be conveyed to Buyer by Seller by the Grant Deed, subject only to the following approved conditions of title (collectively, “Approved Conditions of Title”):

               (a) a lien to secure payment of real estate taxes, not delinquent;

               (b) the lien of the Deed of Trust and of the Junior Deed of Trust;

               (c) the lien of supplemental taxes assessed pursuant to Chapter 3.5 commencing with Section 75 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code;

               (d) the rights of any tenant in possession under a Lease;

               (e) matters affecting the Property created by or with the written consent of Buyer;

               (f) any Supplemental Exceptions which Buyer fails to disapprove pursuant to Section 3.2.2 and any Exception Matters pursuant to Section 3.3.4; and

               (g) exceptions which are disclosed in the Report, or which may be disclosed by a search of the public records or by a physical inspection or a survey of the Property.

     3.3 Inspection of Property.

          3.3.1 License. Subject to Section 3.3.2 Seller hereby grants Buyer a license to enter the Property during reasonable hours and in such manner as is reasonably necessary or appropriate to inspect the Property. Before entering the Property, Buyer shall provide Seller with evidence of liability insurance with coverage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) with Seller, and its partners, officers, agents and employees being named as additional insureds. Buyer shall keep the Property free and clear of any and all mechanic’s liens, materialmen liens and liens of any other kind (collectively, “Liens”) arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by the Buyer.

          3.3.2 Buyer’s Due Diligence and Seller’s Disclosure.

               (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, during the Option Period, Buyer shall be permitted to make a complete review and inspection of the physical, legal, economic and environmental condition of the Property, including, without limitation, any land use entitlements, applications and approvals, proposals or agreements, current files and records maintained by Seller or its agents relating to the Property, boundary and other survey-related issues relating to the Property, soil condition, archaeological matters, geological and seismic condition,

12


 

PCB, hazardous waste, toxic substance or other environmental matters, compliance with health, safety, land use and zoning laws, regulations and orders, and all other information pertaining to the Property. Buyer acknowledges that Buyer has received from Seller a “Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment” with respect to the Property prepared by URS Corporation and September 24, 2002 (the “Phase 1 Environmental Report”) which Buyer has approved. In connection with such review, Buyer shall be entitled to review any Leases and any insurance policies, maintenance contracts, service contracts, reciprocal easement agreements, utility will-serve letters and any other contracts or agreements affecting or relating to the leasing, ownership, operation, maintenance, construction or development of the Property which will remain in effect following the Closing Date, including, without limitation, copies of any guaranties and warranties with respect thereto (collectively, the “Contracts”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer’s review hereunder shall not include a review of Seller’s internal economic memoranda or reports, attorney-client privileged materials or Seller’s appraisals of the Property, if any, or any broker listing agreements or management agreements which listing agreements and management agreements shall be terminated by Seller as of the Closing. The materials previously delivered or hereafter delivered to, or otherwise made available for review by, Buyer pursuant to the preceding sentences or otherwise are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Due Diligence Materials”. Buyer’s exercise of the Option shall represent a decision and undertaking by Buyer to assume fully the risk that Buyer has failed completely and adequately to review and consider any or all of such matters. But for Buyer’s satisfaction, Buyer would not exercise the Option; but for Buyer’s willingness by exercise of the Option to express such satisfaction and assume any risk as to the character of its review and consideration of such matters, Seller would not have entered into this Agreement. Buyer shall have a continuing right of inspection and review of the Property during the Option Period, subject to subsection (b) below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) in no event shall Buyer’s inspection and review of any Due Diligence Materials during the Option Period entitle Buyer to any refund of the Option Consideration should Buyer fail to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 2.3, and (ii) Buyer’s exercise of the Option pursuant to Section 2.3 shall constitute a conclusive expression of Buyer’s satisfaction with respect to the Due Diligence Materials.

               (b) Buyer’s exercise of the right of inspection and review set forth in subsection (a) shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) any entry onto the Property by Buyer, its agents or representatives, shall be during normal business hours, following reasonable prior notice to Seller and, at Seller’s discretion, accompanied by a representative of Seller; (ii) Buyer shall not conduct any drilling, test borings or other disturbance of the Property for review of soils, compaction, environmental, structural or other conditions without Seller’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld or conditioned by Seller in its sole discretion; (iii) Buyer shall exercise reasonable diligence not to disturb the use or occupancy or the conduct of business at the Property; and (iv) Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller, its partners, including, without limitation, AMB Property Capital Partners, AMB Property Corporation and their respective shareholders, beneficial owners, agents, representatives, employees, managers, affiliates, directors and officers and each of them, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively “Seller Parties”), free and harmless from and against any and all suits, causes of action, legal or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, actual, consequential and punitive damages, losses, costs, liabilities, penalties, interest, expenses, Liens, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing this indemnity (collectively, “Claims”) to the extent caused

13


 

by any entry upon, inspection or testing of the Property pursuant to this Agreement or by any acts or omissions of Buyer, its employees, agents and independent contractors.

               (c) Buyer and Guarantor acknowledge that (i) Buyer has entered into this Agreement with the intention of making and relying upon its own investigation of the physical, environmental, economic and legal condition of the Property, (ii) except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Seller is not making and has not at any time made any warranty or representation of any kind, expressed or implied, with respect to the Property, including, without limitation, warranties or representations as to habitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, zoning, tax consequences, latent or patent physical or environmental condition, utilities, operating history or projections, valuation, compliance with law or the accuracy or completeness of any Due Diligence Materials, (iii) neither Buyer nor Guarantor is relying upon or is entitled to rely upon any representations and warranties made by Seller or anyone acting or claiming to act on Seller’s behalf, which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement, and (iv) the Due Diligence Materials may include reports prepared for Seller by third parties (including, without limitation, the Phase 1 Environmental Report) as to which neither Buyer nor Guarantor has any right of reliance as against Seller or any Seller Parties, and that Buyer and Guarantor have or shall conduct an independent evaluation of such reports and conditions and that Seller has made no representation whatsoever as to accuracy, completeness or adequacy of any such reports. Buyer and Guarantor further acknowledge that they have not received from Seller any accounting, tax, legal, architectural, engineering, property development or other advice with respect to this transaction and is relying solely upon the advice of its own accounting, tax, legal, architectural, engineering, property development and other advisors. Based upon the order of Buyer’s familiarity with and due diligence relating to the Property and pertinent knowledge as to the market in which the Property is situated and in direct consideration of Seller’s decision to sell the Property to Buyer for the Purchase Price and not to pursue available disposition alternatives, Buyer shall purchase the Property in an “as is, where is and with all faults” condition on the Closing Date and assumes fully the risk that adverse latent or patent physical, environmental, economic or legal conditions may not have been revealed by its investigations. Buyer specifically undertakes and assumes all risks associated with the matters disclosed by Seller on the disclosure statement attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Disclosure Statement”). Seller and Buyer acknowledge that the compensation to be paid to Seller for the Property has taken into account that the Property is being sold subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3.2.

               (d) Consistent with the foregoing, effective as of the Closing Date, Buyer and Guarantor, for themselves and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, beneficial owners, agents, affiliates, successors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges Seller and each other Seller Party from any and all rights, claims and demands at law or in equity, whether known or unknown at the time of this Agreement, which Buyer or Guarantor has or may have in the future, arising out of the physical, environmental, economic or legal condition of the Property, including, without limitation, all claims in tort or contract and any claim for indemnification or contribution arising under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et. seq.) or any similar federal, state or local statute, rule or ordinance relating to liability of property owners for environmental matters. Buyer and Guarantor specifically waive any statutory or common law right they may have to receive disclosures from Seller or any other Seller Party, including, without limitation, any disclosures as to the Property’s location within any area designated as a special flood

14


 

hazard area, dam failure inundation area, earthquake fault zone, seismic hazard zone, high fire severity area or wildland fire area, by any federal, state or local agency. Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer and Guarantor, upon Closing, shall be deemed to have waived, relinquished and released Seller and all other Seller Parties from and against any and all matters arising out of latent or patent defects or physical conditions, violations of applicable laws and any and all other acts, omissions, events, circumstances or matters affecting the Property. For the foregoing purposes, Buyer and Guarantor each hereby specifically waives the provisions of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code and any similar law of any other state, territory or jurisdiction. Section 1542 provides:

     “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

     Buyer and Guarantor hereby specifically acknowledge that they have carefully reviewed this subsection and discussed its import with legal counsel and that the provisions of this subsection are a material part of this Agreement.


Buyer’s Initials


Guarantor’s Initials

     Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller and each other Seller Party harmless from and against any and all Claims in connection with or relating directly or indirectly to the Property and arising out of or resulting from acts or omissions of Buyer, its agents, contractors, affiliates, employees, successors and assigns, occurring from and after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the foregoing release shall not extend to any fraudulent act by Seller or any claim arising out of Seller’s breach of any covenant, representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement.

               (e) Seller and Buyer agree that the provisions of this Section 3.3.2 shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Agreement.

          3.3.3 Reports. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller, without cost to Seller, a list of all surveys, plans, environmental studies, architectural and engineering plans, demographic studies, appraisals and non-financial other materials and reports developed by or on behalf of Buyer prior to the termination of this Agreement, and Buyer shall return to Seller any such items requested by Seller but only to the extent specifically requested by Seller in writing. The provisions of this Section 3.3.3 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

          3.3.4 As used herein, the term “Exception Matter” shall refer to a matter disclosed to Buyer in writing or discovered by Buyer before the Closing including without limitation in any Due Diligence Materials, that would make a representation or warranty of Seller

15


 

contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect, including, without limitation, matters disclosed in writing to Buyer by Seller or by any other person. If Buyer obtains actual knowledge of any Exception Matter after the date hereof, Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Seller if Seller elects not to cure or remedy any such Exception Matter, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) Buyer may terminate this Agreement with respect to an Exception Matter of which it obtains actual knowledge prior to the end of the Option Period and, if Buyer elects to exercise the Option and to proceed with the purchase of the Property at the end of the Option Period, Buyer shall be deemed to have waived any objections to such Exception Matter, and (b) Buyer may terminate this Agreement after the Option Period because of an Exception Matter only if the facts making the representation and warranty untrue or incorrect, along with other Exception Matters, if any, which have made representations and warranties untrue or incorrect after the Contingency Period, have a material adverse impact on the value of the Property of five percent (5%) or more of the value thereof. If Buyer obtains actual knowledge of any Exception Matter before the Closing, but nonetheless elects to proceed with the acquisition of the Property, Buyer shall consummate the acquisition of the Property subject to such Exception Matter and Seller shall have no liability with respect to such Exception Matter, notwithstanding any contrary provision, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement. If Buyer elects to terminate this Agreement on the basis of any Exception Matter in accordance with this Section, Buyer shall so notify Seller in writing and the provisions of Section 2.4 shall apply. Upon any such termination of this Agreement, Buyer shall, if requested by Seller pursuant to Section 3.3.3, return to Seller any Due Diligence Materials specifically requested by Seller and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those provisions that expressly survive such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall Buyer’s disapproval of any Exception Matter or termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 3.3.4, entitle Buyer or Guarantor to a refund of any Option Consideration. Seller shall have no obligation to cure or remedy any Exception Matter, and, subject to Buyer’s right to terminate this Agreement as set forth above, Seller shall have no liability whatsoever to Buyer with respect to any Exception Matters. Seller and Buyer shall promptly inform each other in writing of any Exception Matter of which either party obtains actual knowledge.

ARTICLE 4: REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     4.1 Seller’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Seller hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Buyer that:

          4.1.1 Capacity of Seller. Seller is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Seller has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Seller’s representatives are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of Seller, to execute and deliver the instruments specified herein, and generally to perform Seller’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all documents executed by Seller which are to be delivered to Buyer under this Agreement do not and at the time of delivery will not violate any provision of any agreement, mortgage or deed of trust or judicial order to which Seller is a party or to which Seller is subject.

          4.1.2 Insolvency. Seller has not (a) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of any involuntary

16


 

petition by Seller’s creditors, (c) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of Seller’s assets, (d) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of Seller’s assets, (e) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (f) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally. Seller is solvent and able to pay its debts and as they become due

          4.1.3 No Litigation. Except as has been heretofore disclosed by Seller to Buyer or as set forth in the Disclosure Statement or the Due Diligence Materials, to Seller’s Knowledge, Seller has received no written notice of any pending or threatened litigation, actions, suits or proceedings affecting all or any portion of the Property, including, without limitations any eminent domain proceedings.

          4.1.4 Compliance. Except as has been heretofore disclosed by Seller to Buyer or as set forth in the Disclosure Statement or the Due Diligence Materials, to Seller’s Knowledge, Seller has received no written notice from any governmental authority that the Property is presently in violation of any applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes or ordinances.

          4.1.5 Leases. Seller has not heretofore entered into any Lease other than the lease by and between Seller, as landlord, and Grinding and Dicing Service, Inc., as tenant, as amended, a copy of which has been provided to Buyer, and to Seller’s Knowledge, there exists no other Lease affecting the Property or any portion thereof (other than Leases entered into in accordance with Section 3.1.1). To Seller’s Knowledge, Seller is not in default under any such Lease.

          4.1.6 Environmental. To Seller’s Knowledge, Seller has received no written notice from any governmental authority that the Property is presently in violation of any applicable environmental law.

Each of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Section 4.1 shall be deemed remade by Seller as of the Closing. For purposes of this Section 4.1, the term “Seller’s Knowledge” shall mean the current, actual knowledge of John Rossi, Amy Pallas and John Baruh, without any duty of inquiry or constructive knowledge. None of the foregoing named individuals shall be personally liable for a breach of any representation or warranty set forth herein. The representations and warranties of Seller contained in Sections 4.1.3 through Section 4.1.6 shall survive for a period of six (6) months after the Closing Date (the “Survival Period”), and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.1 hereof. Any claim which Buyer may have at any time against Seller for a breach of any such representation or warranty, whether known or unknown, which is not asserted by written notice to same prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, and as to which a legal action has not been filed within two (2) months following the Survival Period, shall be deemed waived, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the parties.

     4.2 Buyer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Buyer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Seller that:

          4.2.1 Buyer has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Buyer’s representatives are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of Buyer, to execute and deliver the instruments specified herein, and generally to perform Buyer’s

17


 

obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all documents executed by Buyer which are to be delivered to Seller at Closing do not and at the time of Closing will not violate any provision of any agreement or judicial order to which Buyer is a party or to which Buyer is subject.

          4.2.2 Buyer has not (a) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of any involuntary petition by Buyer’s creditors, (c) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of Buyer’s assets, (d) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of Buyer’s assets, (e) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (f) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally. Buyer is solvent and able to pay its debts and as they become due.

          4.2.3 Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and is qualified to do business in and in good standing under the laws of the State of California.

          4.2.4 The financial statements or balance sheet of Guarantor delivered to Seller pursuant to Section 2.2.1(f) and the financial statements of Buyer delivered to Seller pursuant to Section 5.1.4 are each true and correct in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition of Guarantor and Buyer, respectively, as of the respective dates thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition or Guarantor or Buyer since the respective dates thereof.

     Each of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Section 4.2 shall be deemed remade by Buyer as of the Closing and shall survive the Closing.

     ARTICLE 5: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

     5.1 For Seller. Seller shall not be obligated to close the transaction contemplated herein unless, within the time specified (or, if no time is specified, then at or prior to the Closing Date), each of the following conditions shall have been waived by Seller or satisfied:

          5.1.1 Deliveries by Buyer: Buyer shall have deposited the following in Escrow:

               (a) the cash portion of the Purchase Price for the Property, each of the original Loan Documents (duly executed and acknowledged, as applicable) (except the Buyer’s Option Note previously delivered to Seller which shall be earned and retained by Seller notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement), the Letter of Credit in the manner prescribed by Section 2.5 and Buyer’s share of the closing costs and prorations in accordance with Section 2.6;

               (b) two (2) executed counterparts of the general assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “General Assignment”);

               (c) two (2) executed counterparts of the assignment of contracts and assumption agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “Assignment of Contracts”);

18


 

               (d) such other documents or instruments reasonably required by Seller or the Title Company to issue the Seller’s Title Policy or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          5.1.2 Option Consideration. Buyer shall have timely paid to Seller all of the Option Consideration, including each installment of the Additional Option Consideration pursuant to Section 2.2.3.

          5.1.3 No Default. No material default on the part of Buyer shall exist under this Agreement, the Buyer’s Option Note or the Lease Termination Agreement, and each of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 4.2 shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date.

          5.1.4 Financial Condition of Buyer. Buyer has provided to Seller (a) a copy of the audited financial statement of Buyer for the last fiscal year of Buyer (ending more than 90 days prior to the Closing Date) which is certified by the chief financial officer of Buyer to be a true and complete copy of the same and (b) the quarterly financial statement of Buyer for the most recently ended fiscal quarter as prepared by Buyer and certified by the chief financial officer of Buyer to be a true and complete copy of the same.

          5.1.5 Opinion of Buyer’s Counsel. Seller shall have received from a third party legal counsel for Buyer a duly executed original legal opinion dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance acceptable to Seller, opining to Seller that: (a) upon due authorization, execution and recordation or filing as may be specified in the opinion, each of the Loan Documents to which Buyer is a party are and shall be legal, valid and binding instruments, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms; (b) Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing in the state of its formation and is qualified to do business in and is good standing in the State of California, and has all requisite power and authority to enter into the Loan Document to which it is a party; (c) each of the Loan Documents to which Buyer is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer; (d) the interest rate terms in the Loan Documents do not violate any applicable usury laws; and (e) such other matters, incident to the transactions contemplated hereby, as Seller may reasonably request.

          5.1.6 Opinion of Guarantor’s Counsel. Seller shall have received from legal counsel for Guarantor a duly executed original legal opinion dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance acceptable to Seller, opining to Seller that: (a) upon due execution and recordation or filing as may be specified in the opinion, the Subordination Agreement is and shall be a legal, valid and binding instrument, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms; (b) the Subordination Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor; and (c) such other matters, incident to the transactions contemplated hereby, as Seller may reasonably request.

          5.1.7 Title Insurance. The Title Company shall be prepared to issue to Seller an ALTA Lender’s Policy of Title Insurance (1970 Form), in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, providing that the Deed of Trust is a valid lien upon the Property for the full principal amount secured thereby and is prior and superior to all other liens and encumbrances thereon, including the Junior Deed of Trust, except those approved by Seller in writing prior to the Closing Date, with such endorsements as Seller may require (“Seller’s Title Policy”).

19


 

          5.1.8 Junior Deed of Trust. The Junior Deed of Trust shall be in the form of Exhibit P attached hereto with no material changes thereto or, if none is so attached, as otherwise approved by Seller in writing.

     5.2 For Buyer. Buyer shall not be obligated to close the transaction contemplated herein unless within the time specified (or, if no time is specified, then at or prior to the Closing Date), each of the following conditions shall have been waived by Buyer or satisfied:

          5.2.1 Deliveries by Seller. Seller shall have deposited the following in Escrow:

               (a) the Grant Deed, executed in recordable form by Seller sufficient to convey fee simple title to the Property to Buyer;

               (b) an executed bill of sale (“Bill of Sale”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B;

               (c) a Transferor’s Certificate of Non Foreign Status (“FIRPTA Certificate”) properly executed by Seller;

               (d) two (2) executed counterparts of the General Assignment;

               (e) two (2) executed counterpart of the Assignment of Contracts;

               (f) Seller’s share of the closing costs and prorations in accordance with Section 2.6; and

               (g) such other documents or instruments reasonably required by the Title Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          5.2.2 No Default. No material default on the part of Seller shall exist under this Agreement.

          5.2.3 Tenant Estoppel. Buyer shall have received a tenant estoppel certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, from every tenant under any Lease which is not contemplated to be terminated at Closing; provided that Buyer shall have requested that such tenant execute the estoppel certificate during the Option Period. Seller shall reasonably cooperate with Buyer’s efforts to obtain any such estoppel certificate.

          5.2.4 Title Insurance. The Title Company shall be prepared to issue to Buyer the Buyer’s Title Policy.

     5.3 Effect of Failure of Conditions. If any condition precedent specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 is not, on or before 1:00 PM (Pacific Standard Time) on the Closing Date, either waived in writing (by Seller as to Section 5.1 and by Buyer as to Section 5.2) or satisfied, then, at the election of the party whom the failed condition was to benefit, which election shall be delivered in writing to the Title Company and the other party, (a) the Escrow shall terminate, (b) Seller shall and is hereby instructed to record the Quitclaim Deed in the Official Records without

20


 

any notice to or action on the part of Buyer, (c) the outstanding principal balance and any other amounts accrued under the Buyer’s Option Note shall be immediately due and payable pursuant to the terms set forth therein and together with all other Option Consideration (including, without limitation, the Warrant and the Guaranty) shall be deemed earned and may be retained by Seller, (d) this Agreement shall terminate and neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities hereunder except pursuant to those provisions with expressly survive such termination, except that such termination shall in no event affect any of Seller’s rights or remedies under the Buyer’s Option Note or the Guaranty which Seller, Buyer and Guarantor acknowledge and agree shall survive any termination of this Agreement, except to the extent specifically provided below, (e) if requested by Seller pursuant to Section 3.3.3, Buyer shall deliver to Seller any Due Diligence Materials specifically requested by Seller prior to such termination, and (f) the Title Company shall return all of the documents and instruments held in Escrow to the party depositing the same and for whose benefit the failed condition exists (except the Option Consideration, the Buyer’s Option Note and the Guaranty previously delivered to Seller which shall be earned and retained by Seller notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement except to the extent specifically provided below). No failure of any condition precedent shall affect the right of Seller to retain any portion of the Termination Fee pursuant to the Lease Termination Agreement or any Option Consideration paid to it prior to the termination of the Option and to declare all sums due and payable under the Buyer’s Option Note pursuant to the terms thereof; provided that if (i) Seller fails to convey the Property to Buyer pursuant to the Grant Deed solely as a result of an intentional material default by Seller in its obligations to convey the Property hereunder which default is not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof from Buyer to Seller or such longer period of time as may be necessary to cure such default (but not as a result of a failure of a condition or an occurrence described in Article 7) and (ii) as a direct result of such default by Seller, Buyer is unable to seek and obtain the remedy of specific performance pursuant to Section 9.1, Seller shall refund to Buyer the Option Consideration but not any portion of the Termination Fee, and except that the Guaranty shall only terminate as to the obligations described in Section 1.1 thereof. The provisions of this Section 5.3 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6: CLOSING PROCEDURES

     6.1 Closing Date. Closing shall be scheduled to occur on the Closing Date which shall be the earlier of (a) ten (10) Business Days after the date Buyer exercises the Option pursuant to Section 2.3 (subject to Buyer’s right to extent the Closing as provided herein), (b) May 10, 2003, or (c) such other date as Buyer and Seller may agree to in writing.

     6.2 Supplemental Escrow Instructions. Each party shall submit its own separate written instructions which shall, however, implement and be consistent with and shall not contradict the provisions of this Agreement.

     6.3 Disbursements and Other Actions by Escrow Holder. Upon the Closing of Escrow, Escrow Holder shall promptly undertake all of the following in the following manner:

          6.3.1 prorate all matters referenced in Section 2.6.2 based upon the statement delivered into Escrow signed by the parties;

21


 

          6.3.2 cause the following documents to be recorded in the Official Records in the following order: (a) the Grant Deed, (b) the Deed of Trust, (c) the Subordination Agreement and (d) the Junior Deed of Trust;

          6.3.3 concurrent with the recording of the instruments described in subparagraph (b) above, disburse from funds deposited by Buyer with Escrow Holder towards payment of all items (including, without limitation, the cash portion of the Purchase Price) chargeable to the account of Buyer pursuant hereto in payment of such costs, and disburse the balance of such funds, if any, to Buyer;

          6.3.4 deliver to Seller (i) fully executed originals the Buyer’s Purchase Note, the General Assignment, the Assignment of Contracts, and any other document which is to be delivered to Seller hereunder or deposited into the Escrow for the benefit of Seller, and (ii) upon recordation in the Official Records, conformed and recorded copies of each of the Deed of Trust, the Subordination Agreement and the Junior Deed of Trust;

          6.3.5 deliver to Buyer (i) fully executed originals of the Bill of Sale, the FIRPTA Certificate, the General Assignment, the Assignment of Contracts and any other documents which are to be delivered to Buyer hereunder, and (ii) conformed and recorded copies of each of the Subordination Agreement, the Deed of Trust and the Junior Deed of Trust; and

          6.3.6 direct the Title Company to issue the Buyer’s Title Policy to Buyer and the Seller’s Title Policy to Seller.

     6.4 Other Seller Deliveries. Within five (5) business days after the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer copies (or originals, if available) of all Contracts and other Due Diligence Materials, except for Seller’s general ledger and other internal books or records which shall be retained by Seller. Seller shall deliver to Buyer all keys to the Property in Seller’s possession on the Closing Date and all other security devices and passcodes.

     ARTICLE 7: POSSESSION; RISK OF LOSS; AND INDEMNIFICATION

     7.1 Possession and Risk of Loss. Seller shall deliver possession of the Property to Buyer on the Closing Date. Subject to the terms of this Article 7, all risk of material or immaterial loss and damage (including condemnation of the Property) by casualty or any other cause shall be and remain with Seller until the Closing Date. On or after the Closing Date, all risk of material or immaterial loss and damage to the entirety of the Property shall pass to Buyer.

          7.1.1 In the event that prior to the Closing Date, the Property, or any portion thereof, is materially destroyed or materially damaged or any material portion of the Property is condemned by right of eminent domain, Buyer shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to Seller within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such damage, destruction, or eminent domain either (a) to terminate this Agreement, in which event any documents in Escrow shall be returned to the party depositing the same (except the Buyer’s Option Note and Guaranty previously delivered to Seller and the other Option Consideration and the Termination Fee which shall be earned and retained by Seller notwithstanding any such termination of this Agreement), and neither party hereto shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except that such termination shall in no event affect any of Seller’s rights or remedies under the

22


 

Buyer’s Option Note or the Guaranty or the Lease Termination Agreement which Seller, Buyer and Guarantor acknowledge and agree shall survive any termination of this Agreement), or (b) to accept the Property in its then-current condition and to proceed with the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, without any reduction in the Purchase Price, and to receive an assignment and assumption of all of Seller’s rights to any insurance proceeds payable by reason of such damage or destruction, net of collection costs and costs of repair reasonably incurred by Seller and not reimbursed and a credit at Closing against the Purchase Price in the amount of the deductible portion of Seller’s insurance for such damage or destruction. If Buyer elects to proceed under clause (b) above, Seller shall not compromise, settle or adjust any claims to such proceeds without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Buyer’s reasonable discretion.

          7.1.2 In the event that, prior to the Closing Date, there is any non-material damage or destruction to the Property, or any part thereof, or any non-material portion of the Property is subject to a taking by right of eminent domain, Buyer shall be bound to purchase the Property as required by the terms of this Agreement without regard to the occurrence or effect of any damage to or destruction of the Property or condemnation of the Property by right of eminent domain, provided that the occurrence of any damage or destruction is covered by Seller’s insurance for the Property and involves repair costs of less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), and any condemnation does not affect the use and value of the Property in other than a minor or immaterial manner. If Buyer is so bound to purchase the Property notwithstanding the occurrence of damage, destruction or condemnation, then upon the Closing: Buyer shall receive a credit against the Purchase Price for the Property in the amount (net of collection costs and costs of repair reasonably incurred by Seller and not then reimbursed) of any insurance proceeds or condemnation award collected and retained by Seller as a result of any such damage or destruction or condemnation plus (in the case of damage) the amount of the deductible portion of Seller’s insurance policy, and Seller shall assign to Buyer all rights to such net insurance proceeds or condemnation awards as shall not have been collected prior to the close of escrow (and the Buyer’s Purchase Note shall be reduced by a corresponding amount). Seller shall not compromise, settle or adjust any claims to such proceeds without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Buyer’s reasonable discretion.

          7.1.3 For purposes of this Article 7 only, damage to the Real Property or a taking of a portion thereof shall be deemed to involve a material portion thereof if (a) the estimated cost of restoration or repair of such damage or the amount of the condemnation award with respect to such taking shall exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) or (b) the damage to the Property is not covered by Seller’s insurance for the Property.

     ARTICLE 8: COMMISSIONS

     8.1 Commissions. Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other that it has no agreement or contact with any broker or finder in connection with the transaction contemplated herein. Each party hereby agrees to indemnify and defend the other against and hold the other harmless from any and all Claims resulting from any claim for a finder’s fee, broker’s commission or other brokerage-type compensation arising out of or resulting from a breach of such party’s representation and warranty set forth in this Section 8.1. The provisions of this Section 8.1 shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Agreement.

23


 

     ARTICLE 9 REMEDIES FOR BREACH

     9.1 Remedies. Upon any breach of or default under this Agreement or the Lease Termination Agreement by a party hereto, the other party may exercise separately or in combination, serially or cumulatively, all the remedies available at law or in equity with respect to such breach or default, including the remedy of specific performance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 9.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Buyer hereby agrees that any recovery against Seller hereunder or under the Lease Termination Agreement or any documents entered into in connection herewith or therewith shall be limited to Seller’s interest in the Property. Any recovery by Buyer under this Agreement in lieu of specific performance shall further be limited to Buyer’s actual out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses only up to an aggregate maximum of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), without any right to damages, including, without limitation any punitive and/or consequential damages; provided that Buyer’s recovery of any out-of-pocket expenses hereunder shall be net of any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Seller as a result of any breach or default by Buyer hereunder and any default in payment of any sums by Buyer under the Buyer’s Option Note or any Loan Documents; and provided further, that Buyer shall not be entitled to any recovery from Seller hereunder for any individual claim under Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) except to the extent such claims exceed Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) in the aggregate. The provisions of this Section 9.1 shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Agreement.

     ARTICLE 10: MISCELLANEOUS

     10.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Lease Termination Agreement, together with all exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole agreement between Buyer and Seller concerning the purchase and sale transaction contemplated herein and supersedes any and all oral or written understandings between them pertaining to the transactions contemplated herein. No representations, warranties or inducements, express or implied, have been made by either party to the other, except as set forth herein.

     10.2 Attorneys’ Fees. Each party shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and other instruments or documents mentioned herein; provided that in the event Buyer does not pay or cause to be paid the Initial Option Consideration on or before the Option Payment Date, Buyer shall pay Seller’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any documents mentioned herein. If there is any legal action or proceeding between Seller and Buyer to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to protect or establish any right or remedy of either party hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert witness fees, incurred in connection with such action and in any appeal in connection therewith.

     10.3 Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, and are not a part of this Agreement, and do not in any way limit or amplify the provisions hereof.

24


 

     10.4 Modifications. All modifications to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Buyer and Seller.

     10.5 Further Documents. From time to time prior to and after the Closing, each party, at the expense of the requesting party, shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and other documents as may be reasonably requested by the other party or necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

     10.6 Notices. All notices or other communications which this Agreement contemplates, or requires or permits either party to give to the other, shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, transmitted by facsimile, regular overnight delivery service, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the respective parties as follows:

     
SELLER:   AMB Property, L.P.
Pier 1, Bay 1
San Francisco, California 94111
Attn.: John Rossi
Tel: (415) 394-9000
Fax: (415) 394-9001
 
with a copy to:
 
    Steppe Stone & Lakey LLP
999 Baker Way, Suite 420
San Mateo, California 94404
Attn: Sara Steppe, Esq.
Tel: (650) 578-8600
Fax: (650) 578-8688
     
BUYER:   Hyseq, Inc.
670 Almanor Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94086
Attn.: Lily Rin-Laures, M.D.
            General Counsel
Tel: (408) 524-8100
Fax: (408) 524-8145
 
with a copy to:
     
Dewey Ballantine LLP
333 S. Grand Avenue, 26th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90071
Attn: Bruce W. Fraser, Esq.
Tel: (213) 621-6212
Fax: (213) 621-6100

25


 

     
TITLE COMPANY:   First American Title Company
1737 North First Street, Suite 100
San Jose, California 95112
Tel: (408) 451-7800
Attn: Dian Blair, Escrow Officer

The date of any notice or communication shall be deemed to be the date of receipt if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service, the date of receipt with confirmed answer back if transmitted by telecopy or the date seventy-two (72) hours after posting if transmitted by mail. Any party may change the address for notices by giving notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 10.6.

     10.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Buyer, Guarantor and Seller each consent to the jurisdiction of any federal or state court within the State of California having venue in San Francisco, California, and also consent to service of process by any means authorized by California or federal law.

     10.8 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the limitations set forth herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall survive recordation of the Grant Deed and the Closing Date and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Buyer and Seller and their respective successors and assigns. Seller shall not have the right to assign this Agreement to any person or entity, other than an affiliate or subsidiary of Seller, except (a) in conjunction with a sale of the Property and assignment of this Agreement and the Lease Termination Agreement and provided that any such assignee assumes Sellers’ obligations under such agreements or (b) in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 10.9, or (c) in connection with a financing of the Property. Buyer shall not have any right prior to Closing to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of Seller, which consent may be withheld in Seller’s sole discretion. Without limiting the forgoing, no assignment shall relieve Buyer of its obligations hereunder.

     10.9 Exchange. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that Seller may desire to structure the sale of the Property as an exchange for like-kind property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in order to defer recognition of income from the disposition of the Property and other properties. Buyer agrees to reasonably cooperate with Seller to accomplish such exchange and Seller hereby agrees that any and all costs associated with said exchange shall be borne solely by Seller and shall in no way be attributable to Buyer. In no event shall (a) such cooperation entail any additional expense or cause any liability whatsoever to the non-exchanging party and (b) Buyer be required to take title to the exchanged property(ies) to effectuate the tax deferred exchange contemplated by this Section 10.9. An assignment to an exchange facilitator pursuant to this Section shall not relieve either party from any of its obligations hereunder nor shall the ability to consummate a 1031 exchange be a condition to the Closing. Seller shall have the right to extend the Closing upon written notice to Buyer, delivered by Seller to Buyer not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, for a period of up to thirty (30) days in order to effectuate an exchange. The performance by the parties of their obligations under this Agreement shall not be contingent upon Seller’s ability to effectuate an exchange, provided Buyer does not take any acts or fail to

26


 

take any acts which materially and adversely affect Seller’s ability to effectuate such an exchange. In the event any exchange contemplated by Seller shall fail to occur, for whatever reason (excluding the failure by either of the parties to perform any of its obligations in connection therewith), the purchase and sale of the Property contemplated herein shall nonetheless occur pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

     10.10 Number and Gender. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the other genders. The singular shall include the plural, and plural the singular, whenever and as often as may be appropriate.

     10.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries. All of the understandings, covenants, and agreements contained herein are solely for the benefit of Buyer and Seller and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.8, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no other person or party (including Guarantor) is intended to be benefited, in any way, by this Agreement.

     10.12 Time. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and every provision hereof.

     10.13 Incorporation of Exhibits. All exhibits referenced in this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated here by reference as though fully set forth herein.

     10.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be a fully binding and enforceable agreement against the party signing such counterpart, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

27


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

       
  BUYER:
 
  HYSEQ, INC., a Nevada corporation
 
  By:    
   
 
  Name:    
   
 
  Title:    
   
 
 
  By:    
   
 
  Name:    
   
 
  Title:    
   
 

         
  SELLER:
 
  AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership
 
  By: AMB Property Corporation, a
Maryland corporation, its general
partner
 
         
    By:    
     
 
    Name:    
     
 
    Title:    
     
 

The undersigned Guarantor hereby executes this Agreement as of the date first written above solely with respect to the covenants, acknowledgments and waivers set forth in Article 2, Section 3.3, Section 5.3, and the provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 10.7 hereof.

The undersigned, the wife of George Rathmann, hereby consents to the foregoing covenants, acknowledgments, waivers and provisions of the Option Agreement and acknowledges that the same create binding obligations of George Rathmann and the undersigned and of their individual, joint and community assets.

           
SPOUSE OF GUARANTOR:   GUARANTOR:  
 

 
 
Frances Joy Rathmann   George Rathmann  
 
SSN #:     SSN #:    
 
   
 

28


 

Acceptance by Title Company:

     The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received a fully executed original of the foregoing Real Property Option and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions and agrees to act as escrow holder with respect to the Escrow thereunder and to be bound by and strictly perform the terms thereof, as such terms apply to such escrow holder.

           
  Dated:        
   
     
           
        FIRST AMERICAN TITLE COMPANY
           
        By:  
         
        Name:  
         
        Its:  
         

29


 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

     
Exhibit   Title

 
A   Real Property Description
     
B   Bill of Sale
     
C   Grant Deed
     
D   Buyer’s Option Note
     
E   Buyer’s Purchase Note
     
F   Deed of Trust
     
G   Guaranty
     
G-1   Reaffirmation of Guaranty
     
H   Subordination Agreement
     
I   General Assignment
     
J   Assignment of Contracts
     
K   Form of Letter of Credit
     
L   Form of Warrant
     
M   Memorandum of Option
     
N   Quitclaim Deed
     
O   Report
     
P   Form of Junior Deed of Trust
     
Schedule 1   List of Disclosures

30 EX-21.1 7 f88137exv21w1.htm EXHIBIT 21.1 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

EXHIBIT NO. 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002:

1. Callida Genomics, Inc., a Delaware corporation
2. N-Mer, Inc., a Delaware corporation
3. Hyseq Diagnostics, Inc., a Nevada corporation
4. Vertical Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation

EX-23.1 8 f88137exv23w1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

     Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
Nuvelo, Inc,:

    We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-70134, 333-90458, and 333-103257) and the registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-68170, 333-68172, 333-101276, and 333-103055) of Nuvelo, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly Hyseq, Inc.) of our report dated February 5, 2003, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Nuvelo, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, which report appears in the December 31, 2002, annual report on Form 10-K of Nuvelo, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California
March 26, 2003
EX-99.1 9 f88137exv99w1.htm EXHIBIT 99.1 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

NUVELO, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SEC. 13350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     In connection with the Annual Report of Nuvelo, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ted W. Love, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec.1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 
/s/ TED W. LOVE

Ted W. Love
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: March 26, 2003

69 EX-99.2 10 f88137exv99w2.htm EXHIBIT 99.2 Nuvelo, Inc. Form 10-K 12/31/02

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

 

NUVELO, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SEC. 13350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     In connection with the Annual Report of Nuvelo, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Peter S. Garcia, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec.1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 
/s/ PETER S. GARCIA

Peter S. Garcia
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

70 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----